Sie sind auf Seite 1von 235

Video Product

MV850i E,MV830i E
MV830 E ,MV800i E
MV800 E ,MV790 E
No. D17-8516, 8619, 8626, 8629, 8623, 8633, 8638, 8639
Digital Video Camera

iPAL

Canon Inc.
Digital Imaging Products Service Dept.

c CANON INC. 2005

First Edition : Jan. 2005


First Print : Jan. 2005

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT


CONTENTS
1. Product Overview -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1-1 Concept ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1
1-2 Design ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1-3 List of Main Features -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1-3-1 High Image Quality ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1-3-2 Advanced Functions and Comfortable Operation ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1-4 Product Specifications Comparison Chart -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
1-5 Main Specifications ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
2. Performance/Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15
3. Compatibility with new format (HDV recorded tapes) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-1 Background ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-2 Compatibility with HDV tape alarm indication ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 29
3-3 Recording format capable of alarm indication ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-4 Details ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-4-1 At after-recording ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-4-2 At playback or special playback (Rec search excluded) --------------------------------------------------------------- 29
4. System Diagram -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30
5. Overview of Viewfinder / LCD Panel Displays -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31
5-1 Camera Mode --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31
5-2 VCR Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 36
5-3 Card / Camera Mode (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 40
5-4 Card Playback Mode (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 42
5-4-1 Still Image Playback -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42
5-4-2 Video (Motion JPEG) Still Image Playback ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44
5-4-3 Direct Printing --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45
5-5 Menu Display --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46
5-6 Card-Related Screen Displays (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only) ------------------------------------------------------ 62
5-7 Direct Print Setting screen (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only) ---------------------------------------------------------- 70
6. Warning Displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 72

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1. Product Overview
1-1 Concept

Leader of the Entry Class


High-magnification, Compact and Stylish Comcorder

New, smaller design

9.2mm
2.5mm

7.75mm

MV750i E, 730i E, 700i E, 700 E, 690 E (460cc)


MV850i E, 830i E, 830 E, 800i E, 800 E, 790 E (420cc)

Protrusions in MV750i E, 730i E, 700i E, 700 E, 690 E have been smoothed out!

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
16:9 high image quality available first in the class of non-megapixel entry models

High-resolution 16:9 (Widescreen TV)


CCD

MV750i E
MV730i E
MV700i E/MV700 E/MV690 E

MV850i E
MV830i E/MV830 E
MV800i E/MV800 E/MV790 E

Approx.
300,000

Approx.
540,000

4:3
16:9

Cut out from 4:3 area

Uses wide area in horizontal direction outside of


4:3 area

Wide angle ends:

Wide end:

Approx. 58 mm

Approx. 44 mm

(35mm equivalent)

(35mm equivalent)

Easy openation
Fully automatic one-touch button

Easy Shooting
Operation Button
(Appearance may vary .)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-2 Design

Slim & Stream Design


Most advanced version of the slim & slant design, now in its fifth generation.
Shape where the lens and viewfinder flow smoothly together

Slim & Stream Design

Design Features

The metallic badge with


the engraved DIGIC DV
logo mark enhances the
sense of high image
quality and elegance.

Decorative parts hide the parting line


without distracting from the flush
surface and also enhance the stylish
image and serve as finger grips.

Viewfinder is
pull-out only.

The EASY button


(green mode button) is
located in an easy-to-find
position by the user for
emphasizing ease of use.

Stylish button shapes enable


easier operation and express
more distinctive character.

Protrusion of the
lens barrel section
was reduced for
more compact feel.

The elimination of the LCD


OPEN button enabled the
adding of space for finger grips.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

Shoulder strap hole does not


distract from the flush surface.

The zoom lever has a


new smaller, less
protruding, slim design!

The lens protrusion is used


as a finger grip (useful for
people with large hands).

Mode selector key that does not


distract from the flush surface.

MV850i E model

MV830i E/830 E, MV800i E/800 E/790 E model

Super Night
LED

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

MV850i E model

MV800i E/800 E/790 E model


Gun metal coating

No coating

Metallic hot stamp

MV830i E/830 E model

Color printing

Gun metal coating

Color printing

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-3 List of Main Features


1-3-1 High Image Quality
(1) Total pixels/CCD size
Approx. 800,000 pixels with 1/6-inch CCD (complementary color filter)
(2) Effective pixels
MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E
CARD : Approx.530,000 pixels (802 (H) 660 (V))
TAPE : 4:3 Approx.400,000 pixels (702 (H) 576 (V))
16:9 Approx.540,000 pixels (935 (H) 576 (V))
MV800i E/800 E/790 E
CARD : None
TAPE : 4:3 Approx.400,000 pixels (702 (H) 576 (V))
16:9 Approx.540,000 pixels (935 (H) 576 (V))
(3) Includes high-performance, high-magnification zoom lens
MV850i E
Optical magnification
Nomina focal length
35mm equivalent (at 4:3)

: 22
: 2.8 to 61.6 mm
: Approx. 53.75-1181mm

MV830i E/830 E, MV800i E/800 E


Optical magnification
: 20
Nomina focal length
35mm equivalent(at 4:3)
MV790 E
Optical magnification
Nomina focal length
35mm equivalent (at 4:3)
Lens configuration

: 2.8 to 56 mm
: Approx. 53.7-1074mm
: 18
: 2.8 to 50.4 mm
: Approx. 53.7-967mm

11 elements in 8 groups, one high-refraction glass, and one double-sided, aspherical lens are used
(4) 0.6 Wide Attachment (WA-28) included (MV850i E only)
(5) Includes DIGIC DV video engine.

1-3-2 Advanced Functions and Comfortable Operation


Shooting functions
(1) Easy mode, Program AE function
Includes Easy, Auto, Sports, Portrait, Spotlight, Surf (Sand) & Snow, Low Light, and Night (Night, Night+ , SuperNight ) modes.
( : MV850i E only)
(2) Night mode button (Night mode, Night+ mode , Super Night mode ) ( : MV850i E only)
When a Night mode button is pressed in a program mode other than Easy mode, camera switches to the Nightmode (Night, Night+,
or Super Night) that was preset in the menu.
(3) Auto Slow Shutter function
The slow-side shutter speeds for Easy/Auto mode were expanded.
Tape : 1/50sec1/25sec
Card : 1/25sec1/12.5sec (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
This enables shooting of subjects in low brightness.
(4) 2.4-inch LCD with 112,000 pixels
(5) Skin detail mode
(6) Auto Wind Cut function (Auto/Off)
(7) Electronic image stabilizer (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
(8) Card Mix (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
During camera shooting, Card Lumi. Key and Camera Chroma Key shooting is possible (sample images are recorded in the
bundled disc).
Also, in Card Animation, mixed shooting is possible for animation moving within the screen.
(9) AE shift
Holding down the AE shift button enables adjustment of the AE level (disabled in Easy mode, Spotlight mode, and Surf & Snow
mode). AE shift amount 7 levels (0 to 2.0)
Card recording function (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
(1) AF frame selection function
In Card Camera mode, the desired frame can be selected from three range-finding frames in the screen.
(However, the frame is fixed at the screen center in Easy mode and Stitch Shooting mode.)
(2) Card Movie Size
320 240, 160 120 dots, 12.5 frames/sec
Max. 60 minutes (when using SD card)
(3) Progressive Photo
Comfortable Operation/Miscellaneous
(1) Includes wide-screen TV button (WIDE SCREEN)
High resolution 16:9 mode setting
(2) Includes LCD backlight button (LCD BACK LIGHT)
Switches the brightness of the LCD backlight.
(3) Tape (motion video) / Card (still images) simultaneous recording (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
(4) Direct Print (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
Supports CP Direct printers (no support for CP10/100 in MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only), Bubble Jet Direct printers and
PictBridge printers
(5) DPOF format print designation (image transfer is also possible) (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
(6) Exif 2.2 (Exif Print) compliant (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
(7) End search
When shooting after playback, the user can start the tape at the position where shooting last ended.
(8) Date search (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
The user can find the beginning of the first scene that was shot on a specific date.
(9) Includes audio dubbing (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E model), digital effects, fader functions (menu setting) and others.
(10) New compact remote control (WL-D85) included (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
20 keys, approx. 40% smaller size than previous remote control, uses CR2025 lithium batteries
Remote control code setting disabled (ON/OFF only)
(11) My Camera function
Create Startup Screen*, Select Startup Screen, Select Startup Sound, Select Shutter Sound, Select Self Timer Sound
( : MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
(12) Battery charging function
NB-2LH charges in approx. 130 minutes, and BP-2L14 charges in approx. 235 minutes.
(13) Analog to digital signal conversion : AV jackIEEE1394 jack (Not available in MV830 E, MV800 E/790 E models)
When connected to a computer, conventional analog signals can be converted to digital signals and output to a DV jack
(14) DV Messenger 2 (Available by download from web site)
Enables bidirectional communication of audio/video and messages (text/images) over the Internet.
Enables DV operations from a remote PC (camera zoom and focus, VCR play and stop and access to memory card)
(15) Playback zoom Max. 5 zoom
(16) Language support by destination
Europe models : German, English, Spanish, French, Italian, Russian,
Simplified Chinese, Japanese (8-language support)
Asia models

: English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean (4-language support)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-4 Product Specifications Comparison Chart


Specifications

MV850i E

MV830i E, 830 E

Shooting elements (size)

MV800i E, 800 E

MV790 E

1/6-inch interlaced

Total pixels

Approx. 800,000 pixels

Effective video pixels

Approx. 400,000 pxiels

(at 4:3)
Still image effective pixels
Optical zoom

Approx. 530,000 pixels

Not supported

22

20

20

18

440

400

400

360

88

80

magnification
Electronic zoom
magnification
(Max. magnification
during tape operation)
Max. magnification

None

during card operation


Super Night mode
LCD monitor
Memory card
Still image recording

(Night mode only)

(White LED included)

2.4-inch (112,000 pixels)


Included

Included

Not supported

1024 768, 640 480

pixels
Video size
Wide attachment lens

320 240, 160 120

Included (WA-28)

Remote control

Included (WL-D85)

AnalogDigital

MV850i E/830i E/800i E only

conversion
AVIEEE1394
(IEEE1394 only)

Streaming
Supplied battery
USB port

NB-2LH
(USB 2.0 Full Speed compliant, PTP support, and file transfer enabled)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-5 Main Specifications


Item

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E

Camera
Image sensing

Image size

1/6-inch CCD

device

System (filter)

Interlacing (Color correction filter)

Total number of pixels


Number of effective pixels

800,000 pixels
Tape

Approx. 400,000 pixels (4:3)

Card

Approx. 530,000 pixels (MV800i E/800 E/790 E is not supported)

Approx. 540,000 pixels (Widescreen TV 16:9)

Lens

Nominal focal length

Tape

MV850i E : 2.8 to 61.6 mm


MV830i E/830 E : 2.8 to 56 mm
MV800i E/800 E : 2.8 to 56 mm
MV790 E : 2.8 to 50.4 mm

Card

MV850i E : 2.8 to 61.6 mm


MV830i E/830 E : 2.8 to 56 mm
MV800i E/800 E/790 E : Not supported

Optical zoom magnification

Tape/
Card

MV850i E : 22
MV830i E/830 E : 20
MV800i E/800 E : 20 (tape only)
MV790 E : 18 (tape only)

Digital zoom

Magnification Tape

magnification

MV850i E : 88/440 (selectable)


MV830i E/830 E : 80/400 (selectable)
MV800i E/800 E : 80/400 (selectable)
MV790 E : 72/360 (selectable)

Card

MV850i E : 88
MV830i E/830 E : 80
MV800i E/800 E/790 E : Not supported

System

Tape

CCD readout

Card

CCD readout

F-value

MV850i E : F1.6 to 3.6


MV830i E/830 E : F1.6 to 3.2
MV800i E/800 E : F1.6 to 3.2
MV790 E model: F1.6 to 2.9

Aperture leaves (Number of leaves)

2 leaves

Zoom speed

Variable

Filter diameter
Noise reduction

Camera

28mm P0.5
Tape
Card

Either CCD-NR or Y/C-NR


Motion
video
Still
image

Chroma-only, median filter

Recorder

C-NR system

Minimum

Auto mode (with auto slow shutter ON)

7.5 lx

illumination

Low Light mode

3.5 lx

Night mode

2.0 lx

Image

Image stabilization system

Electronic system (in tape mode only)

stabilizer

Sensing method

Angular velocity sensing

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
Item

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E

Shooting functions
AE mode

Program AE

Tape

Easy
(Auto, Sports, Portrait, Spotlight, Surf & Snow, Low Light, Night*+,
Super Night* (* : MV850i E only))

Card

(Full Auto)
(Auto, Sports, Portrait, Spotlight, Surf & Snow, Low Light, Night,
Night+* , Super Night* (* : MV850i E only))

Photometric

Tape

system

Center-bottomweighted average

Easy mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Low Light mode,
Night mode, Night+ mode* , Super Night mode*
(* : MV850i E only)

Evaluation photometry Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode (Sand & Snow mode)
(128-segments) +
All area photometry
Card

Evaluative photometry Easy mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Low Light
(128-segments)

model

mode, Night mode, Night+ mode* ,Super Night mode*


(* : MV850i E only)

Evaluation photometry Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode (Sand & Snow mode)
(128-segments) +
All area photometry
AF frame linked AE

Exposure

AE lock

adjustment

AE shift

Included (Easy, Spotlight, and Surf & Snow modes are not available)

Exposure correction
Gain setting/Higher sensitivity

Auto

Back light correction


Shutter speed

Shutter speed setting

Tape

6 levels (1/50, 1/120, 1/250, 1/500, 1/1000, 1/2000 sec)

Card

Switch to upper limit of 1/250 second (program AE included)

Auto

Tape

1/50 to 1/500 sec (with auto slow shutter OFF),


1/25 to 1/500 sec (with auto slow shutter ON)

Card

1/25 to 1/250 sec (with auto slow shutter OFF),


1/12.5 to 1/250 sec (with auto slow shutter ON)

Low Light mode

1/12.5 sec (fixed)

Night, Night+*, Super Night*

Tape

1/6 to 1/500 sec

(* : MV850i E model only)

Card

1/2 to 1/250 sec

Aperture value

Auto iris

Auxiliary light

Flash

source

Video light

White LED (MV850i E only)

Included (light source in Super Night and Night+ modes)

Image quality

Color gain adjustment

adjustment

Hue adjustment

Sharpness adjustment

Setup adjustment

(Custom preset)

White balance

Auto

Preset

Outdoors (5600K), indoors (3200K)

Systems

TTL, 128 segments

10

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
Item

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E

Shooting functions
Focus

Mode

AF/MF, forced infinity


SET dial operation

Manual operation
Range finding

Tape mode

frame display

Card mode

Included (Selectable from three range-finding frames. Not available in


MV800i E/800 E/790 E)

Zoom

Speed

Widescreen

Recording system

TV (16:9)

Digital fade

Multi-level adjustable speed (optical : 8 ; digital : 2 )


Tape

High image quality 16:9

Card

Letterbox display (LCD panel only)

Tape

Auto Fade, Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide

Motion video

(Activated by pressing Start/Stop button)


Motion video

Still image

Tape

Motion video

Art, Black and White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror

Card

Motion video/still image Black and White

Tape

Motion video

Card

Digital effect

Card mix

Lumi. key, Chroma key, Camera Chroma key, Animation


(Corner Animation, Straight Animation, Random Animation)

Multi-screen

Card

Motion video/still image

Tape

Motion video

Card

Motion video/still image

Included (Easy, Night mode, Super Night mode, Night+ mode are not
available)

Capture speed

Shutter speed

Manual, Fast (4 fields), Normal (6 fields), Slow (8 fields)

1/25 sec
Shutter speed <

Manual, Fast (4 fields), Normal (8 fields), Slow (12 fields)

1/25 sec
Multi-screen
Motion video

Mode

shooting

4/9/16
Tape
Card

miniDV (SP, LP)


Image size 320 240 dots, 160 120 dots
SDC-8M

QVGA

: 320 240 dots (continuous, approx. 20 sec)

QQVGA : 160 120 dots (continuous, approx. 50 sec)


SDC-128M QVGA

: 320 240 dots (continuous, approx. 480 sec)

QQVGA : 160 120 dots (continuous, approx. 1020 sec)


*Unless the memory capacity is limited, up to 60 minutes of
continuous shooting is possible with the MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E model
MMC-8M

QVGA

: 320 240 dots (continuous, approx.10 sec)

QQVGA : 160 120 dots (continuous, approx. 30 sec)


Still image

Recording system

Progressive photo

recording

Single image

(MV850i E,

Continuous shooting

MV830i E/830 E) AEB


Photo button

Form
Pressed halfway down

Dedicated still image button


Supported (Only during recording standby)

Card recorded image size

640 (H) 480 (V), 1024 (H) 768 (V)

Image quality

Super Fine, Fine, Normal

Negative-positive reversal

Zebra pattern

Color bar

Self-timer

10 sec

11

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
Item

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E

Shooting functions
Interval timer

Clearscan

Memory card (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

SD memory card, MultiMediaCard

REC Search

REC Review

Standby switch

Power Save (after recording is paused for 5 minutes)

Power shutoff

Displayed text recording

Audio

16-bit 2ch (48KHz)

Tape

12-bit 4ch (32KHz) Simultaneous 4-channel recording not possible


Card (Motion video recording)

16-bit 1ch (16KHz)


With AUTO/OFF switch (Built-in microphone only)

Wind screen
EVF

LCD monitor

Size

0.33-inch TFT color

Pixels

113,000 pixels

Brightness adjustment

Color adjustment

Movable

Screen size

2.4-inch

Pixels

112,000 pixels

Brightness adjustment

Movable

Mirror shooting supported

Frame playback

Forward / Reverse (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

VCR
Playback
system

Search

Playback effects

Slow playback (1/3 speed)

Forward / Reverse (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

1 SP playback

Forward / Reverse

2 SP playback

Forward / Reverse (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

Cue / review

11.5

Photo search

Date search

(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

Index search

End search

(VCR mode only)


(In tape playback and card still image playback)

Playback zoom (5 zoom)


D. effects

Tape
Card

D. fade

Tape

Auto fade, Wipe, Corner wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zig Zag, Beam, Tide

Card

Multi screen

4, 9 or 16 screens (Tape only)

Slide show

(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

Playback frame jump

(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

Data code display


Card

Art, Black and White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror

Date display/Camera data display

Audio dubbing

(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

AV insert

Zero set memory

(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

Editing functions

Simple editing

Special effects

12

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
Item

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E

System

Interface

Microphone input

(terminal)

Headphone output

DV terminal

Input / output (MV830 E/800 E/790 E is output only)

S-Video jack

AV terminal

Input/output, 3.5mm mini-jack (MV830 E/800 E/790 E is output only)

Editing jack

USB port

mini-B Receptacle (except for MV800i E/800 E/790 E)

Memory card file transfer (Except for MV800i E/800 E/790 E)

(USB file transfer, IEEE1394 file transfer)

Analog signal Digital signal conversion

(MV830i E, MV800i E only)

AV-DV

AV-USB
Direct print

(Card Photo Printers CP-10/100/200/220/300/330.However, CP-10/


100 are not supported by MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E.)
When BJ Printers BJ 895PD/535PD/F890PD and other
PictBridge-compatible printers are connected)

Microphone ATT

Microphone level meter

World clock

Text titles

Speaker

Alert buzzer

Tally lamp

1 only supported

Remote control sensor (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)


Accessory shoe

Video ID

(ID1)

Custom keys

Night mode key

DV control

MY CAMERA

Startup screen, startup sound, shutter sound, operation sound, selftimer sound

Internal battery charging

(CA-570 connection)

Backup power supply

Lithium coin battery (CR1616)

Battery pack power

NB-2L, NB-2LH, BP-2L12, and BP-2L14 lithium ion batteries

13

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
Appearance

93mm

130mm

51mm
56mm

Fig. 1

14

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

2. Performance/Functions
1 Type

VCR- integrated camera

2 Recording system

Two rotating heads, helical scan azimuth recording


Consumer digital VCR SD specifications
Complies with NTSC system (625 lines, 50 fields)
Digital component recording.

2-1 Video signal recording system


Sampling frequency Y=13.5 MHz
2-1-1 Quantized bits
2-2 Audio signal recording system

2-3 Tracking
2-4 Tape speed
2-5 Head drum
2-5-1 Drum diameter 21.7mm
2-5-2 Rpms

R-Y, B-Y = 6.75MHz


8bits
PCM digital recording.
16-bit : 48kHz 2 ch
12-bit : 32kHz 4 ch (Stereo 1 and 2)
2-frequency pilot system
Approx. 18.83mm / sec (in SP mode)
Approx. 12.57mm / sec (in LP mode)

9000 rotations / minute

2-5-3 Heads
3 Recording / playback time

Video heads : 2
80 minutes maximum (in SP mode)
120 minutes maximum (in LP mode)
Continuous battery shooting time/Actual shooting time, Continuous playback time

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E, MV800i E/800 E/790 E


When viewfinder is used
Continuous
Actual
recording
recording
NB-2L

Approx. 115 min Approx. 60 min

NB-2LH

BP-2L12

Approx. 135 min Approx. 75 min

Continuous
recording

When LCD monitor is used


Actual
recording

Approx. 80 min (Dark*1)

Approx. 45 min (Dark)

Approx. 70 min (Bright*2)

Approx. 40 min (Bright)

Approx. 95 min (Dark)

Approx. 55 min (Dark)

Approx. 85 min (Bright)

Approx. 50 min (Bright)

Approx. 245 min Approx. 130 min Approx.170 min (Dark)


Approx. 145 min (Bright)

BP-2L14

Approx. 300 min Approx.160 min Approx.210 min (Dark)


Approx. 185 min (Bright)

Approx. 95 min (Dark)

Continuous
playback
Approx. 85 min

Approx.100 min

Approx.175 min

Approx. 85 min (Bright)


Approx. 120 min (Dark)

Approx. 220 min

Approx. 105 min (Bright)

Dark in 1 refers to the LCD brightness at the Dark setting, and Bright in 2 refers to the LCD brightness at the Bright setting.
(Refer to P19 5-9-3)
4 Compatible cassette tape
4-1 Tape type
4-2 Tape width
4-3 Tape thickness
5 Camera
5-1 Image sensing device
5-1-1 Total number of pixels
5-1-2 Effective pixels
In card recording
In tape recording
5-1-3
5-1-4
5-1-5
5-1-6

Filter
Color separation system
Signal configuration
Scanning system

Mini DVC specs


Vapor - deposited metal tape
6.35mm Vapor - deposited metal tape
7m or 5.37m
1/6-inch interlaced CCD
Approx. 800,000 (1007(H) 797(V))
MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E: Approx.530,000 pixels (802 (H) 660 (V))
MV800i E/800 E/790 E: None
4:3 Approx. 400,000 pixels (702 (H) 576 (V))
16:9 Approx. 540,000 pixels (935 (H) 576 (V))
Color correction filter
Difference readout
PAL standard color TV signal
625 lines, 50 fields / 25 frames

15

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-1-7 Minimum subject illumination
(In Auto mode)
Approx. 7.5 lx (Shutter speed 1/25 sec)
(In Night mode)
Approx. 2.0 lx (Shutter speed 1/6 sec)
(In Low Light mode)
Approx. 3.5 lx (Shutter speed 1/12.5 sec)
5-1-8 Subject illumination range
Approx. 2.0 lx to approx. 100,000 lx
5-2 Photo lens
5-2-1 Magnification/Nominal focal length
with tape/with card
Optical magnification
MV850i E
: 22
MV830i E/830 E : 20
MV800i E/800 E : 20
MV790 E
: 18
Nominal focal length
MV850i E
: 2.8-61.6 mm,
MV830i E/830 E : 2.8-56 mm,
MV800i E/800 E : 2.8-56 mm,
MV790 E
: 2.8-50.4 mm
5-2-2 35mm film equivalent focal distance
Card recording
MV850i E
: Approx. 49.3 to 1085 mm
MV830i E/830 E
: Approx. 49.3 to 986 mm
MV800i E/800 E/790 E : None
Tape recording
4:3 mode
MV850i E
: Approx. 53.7 to 1181 mm
MV830i E/830 E : Approx. 53.7 to 1074 mm
MV800i E/800 E : Approx. 53.7 to 1074 mm,
MV790 E
: Approx. 53.7 to 967 mm
16:9 mode (IS ON)
MV850i E
: Approx. 44.2 to 972 mm
MV830i E/830 E : Approx. 44.2 to 884 mm
MV800i E/800 E : Approx. 44.2 to 884 mm,
MV790 E
: Approx. 44.2 to 796 mm
16:9 mode (IS OFF)
MV850i E
: Approx. 44.2 to 972 mm
MV830i E/830 E : Approx. 44.2 to 884 mm
MV800i E/800 E : Approx. 44.2 to 884 mm,
MV790 E
: Approx. 44.2 to 796 mm
5-2-3 Nominal diametric ratio

5-2-4 Lens construction


5-2-5 Focus adjustment
5-2-6 Minimum object distance

MV850i E
: F1.6-3.6
MV830i E/830 E : F1.6-3.2
MV800i E/800 E : F1.6-3.2
MV790 E
: F1.6-2.9
11 elements in 8 groups, one high-refraction glass, and one double-sided, aspherical lens are
used
Inner focus type. Manual adjustment possible (by turning SET dial)
10 mm (AF linked ; wide end), 1 m for full zoom area (from lens tip)

16

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-2-7 Power zoom
5-2-7-1 Zoom speed
MV850i E

MV830i E/830 E
MV800i E/800 E

MV790 E

5-2-8 Focal length display


5-2-9 Macro mechanism
5-2-10 Macro shooting distance
5-2-11 Filter diameter
5-2-12 Accessory lens
5-2-13 Lens hood
5-2-14 Lens cap
5-3 Digital zoom
5-3-1 Card recording
Magnification

35 mm equivalent

5-3-2 Tape recording


Magnification

35 mm equivalent (4:3)

5-4 Image stabilization function


5-4-1 System
5-4-2 Hand shaking detection system
5-5 Shooting modes
5-5-1 Tape mode

Multi-level adjustable power zoom.Slide lever operation. Zoom speed can be adjusted by moving slide lever.
Zoom speed is different in Rec and Rec Pause. The maximum zoom speed in Rec Pause is faster
than that in Rec.
Rec Pause
Approx. 2.0 sec to approx. 39 sec (optical zoom)
Approx. 3.8 sec to approx. 43 sec (using 440 electronic zoom)
Rec
Approx. 3.1 sec to approx. 39 sec (optical zoom)
Approx. 5.1 sec to approx. 43 sec (using 440 electronic zoom)
Rec Pause
Approx. 1.9 sec to approx. 39 sec (optical zoom)
Approx. 3.7 sec to approx. 43 sec (using 400 electronic zoom)
Rec
Approx. 3.0 sec to approx. 39 sec (optical zoom)
Approx. 5.0 sec to approx. 43 sec (using 400 electronic zoom)
Rec Pause
Approx. 1.8 sec to approx. 38 sec (optical zoom)
Approx. 3.6 sec to approx. 42 sec (using 400 electronic zoom)
Rec
Approx. 2.8 sec to approx. 38 sec (optical zoom)
Approx. 4.8 sec to approx. 42 sec (using 400 electronic zoom)
None. Simple zoom display inside finder.
Wide end macro
10 mm (from lens front)
28 mm P0.5
WD-28, TL-28, FS-28U, or WA-28 (supplied with MV850i E) can be used.
None
Included. Screw-on type

MV850i E
MV830i E/830 E
MV800i E/800 E/790 E
MV850i E
MV830i E/830 E
MV800i E/800 E/790 E

: Up to 88
: Up to 80
: None
: Approx. 4338 mm
: Approx. 3944 mm
: None

MV850i E
: Up to 88/440
MV830i E/830 E : Up to 80/400
MV800i E/800 E : Up to 80/400
MV790 E
: Up to 72/360
MV850i E
: Approx. 4726 mm/23628 mm
MV830i E/830 E : Approx. 4296 mm/21480 mm
MV800i E/800 E : Approx. 4296 mm/21480 mm
MV790 E
: Approx. 3866 mm/19332 mm
Included (Tape mode only)
Electronic system
Angular velocity sensing (using piezoelectric vibration sensor)

Records normal video (interlaced scan) to a mini DV cassette (however, still images cannot
be recorded to tape). The Still Image Recording option in the menu can be used to record still
images (640 480) to an inserted SD card (MultiMediaCard) while a video is being recorded to
tape (Not possible with MV800i E/800 E/790 E).
5-5-2 Card mode (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)
Still images (JPEG compression) or videos (Motion JPEG compression, 12 frames/sec) are recorded to an SD memory card (MultiMediaCard).

17

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-6 Exposure control
5-6-1 Program AE

5-6-2 Photometric system


Tape recording

Card recording

5-6-3 Exposure correction function


AE shift
Exposure correction amount

Easy mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode (Sand
& Snow mode), Low Light mode, Night mode, Super Night mode , Night+ mode
(* : MV850i E only)
Center- bottom- weighted average :
Easy mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Low Light mode,
Night mode, Night+ mode , Super Night mode (*: MV850i E only)
All area average photometry + 128-segment evaluative photometry (16H
8V): Spotlight mode, Surf (Sand) & Snow mode
128-segment evaluative photometry:
128-segment evaluative photometry: Easy mode, Auto mode, Sports mode,
Portrait mode, Low Light mode, Night mode, Night+ mode , Super Night
mode (*: MV850i E only). No AE linked to the selected range-finding
frame is performed.
All area average photometry + 128-segment evaluative photometry (16H 8V): Spotlight
mode, Surf (Sand) & Snow mode
AE shift is performed by pressing the AE Shift button. After AE shift, the AE level can be
corrected using the SET button (except in Easy, Spotlight, and Surf & Snow modes).
7 levels (2.0, 1.5, 1.25, 1.0, 0.75, 0.5, 0.25, 0)
Indicated as number in the viewfinder (AE 0).

5-6-4 Electronic shutter


5-6-4-1 In Auto mode
Tape mode

1/50 to 1/500 sec (with auto slow shutter OFF)


1/25 to 1/500 sec (with auto slow shutter ON)
Card mode (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)
1/25 to 1/250 sec (with auto slow shutter OFF)
1/12.5 to 1/250 sec (with auto slow shutter ON)
5-6-4-2 Speed setting
Can be selected from 1/50 sec, 1/120 sec,
Tape
1/250 sec, 1/500 sec, 1/1000 sec, and 1/2000 sec
Selectable from 1/50 sec, 1/120 sec, and 1/250 sec
Card (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)
When image stabilizer is ON 1/100 sec
When image stabilizer is OFF 1/50 sec
5-6-4-3 In Low Light mode
1/12.5 sec (Fixed)
5-6-4-4 In Night mode
Tape
1/6 to 1/500 sec
Card
1/2 to 1/250 sec
(Super Night/Night+ modes in MV850i E are identical)
5-7 AF (Auto Focus)
5-7-1 System
TTLvideo signal sensing AF
5-7-2 AF range finding area
During Tape mode
Screen center
During Card mode
During Card mode: Selected from one of three Easy mode. Not available in MV800i E/800 E/
790 E model.)
5-7-3 Range finding frame display
During Tape mode
None
During Card mode
During Card mode: Included (except for C model). User can select the desired frame (green)
from the three range finding frames. However, the display is fixed at the center AF in the electronic zoom range and after entering the optical zoom range from the electronic zoom range.
After the Photo button is pressed halfway down, the frame display turned green after focusing,
and it turns yellow if the subject cannot be brought into focus.
5-7-4 AF operating range
10 mm to infinite (at wide end) ; 1 m to infinite in full zoom area from lens front
5-7-5 AF operation illumination range
Approx. 50 lx - 100,000 lx
5-7-6 AF mode switching
Continuous AF/manual focus. AF ON/OFF switching is possible in all but Easy mode
Manual focustion
5-7-7 Forced infinite setting

(operation by pressing focus button). During manual focus,

is displayed in the viewfinder.

Holding down the Focus button (approx. 3 sec) sets to Infinity and displays[
viewfinder.

18

] in the

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-8 Viewfinder
5-8-1 Rotation
5-8-2 Detaching eyepiece
5-8-3 Diopter movement range
5-8-4 Lens configuration
5-9 LCD panel
5-9-1 Angle adjustment
5-9-2 Information display
Europe
Asia
5-9-3 LCD backlight adjustment

0.33-inch Color LCD (approx. 113,000 pixels).


ON when LCD monitor closed (panel facing inwards) and during mirror shooting
Not possible (retraction operation only)
Not possible
+1.5 to 5.5 diopter (when eye is at eyepiece)
Single-lens configuration
2.4-inch color LCD, approx. 112,000 pixels, TFT active matrix driving RGB delta arrangement;
ON when LCD monitor not closed (panel facing inwards)
Possible; Monitoring is possible for high-angle, low-angle, and face-to-face shooting
Color display of operating mode, simple zoom position, remaining battery charge, remaining
tape, time code, warnings and other indications. The supported languages are shown below.
German, English, Spanish, French, Italian, Russian, simplified Chinese, Japanese (eight languages)
English, simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean (four languages)
Adjustment is possible using button operation. The setting switches between Bright to Dark
each time the button is pressed. The default setting during battery operation is Dark. The
default setting during compact power adapter (CA) operation is Bright. If the power supply is
switched from battery operation to CA operation while the power is on, the setting made during
CA operation is used (CA operation default setting is used if no setting was made). In the same
way, if the power supply is switched from CA operation to battery operation while the power is
on, the setting made during battery operation is used (battery operation default setting is used if
no setting was made).

5-9-4 Relationship with the viewfinder (CVF)


Camera mode / Camera Card mode
LCD panel position

LCD panel

VCR mode / Camera Playback mode

CVF

LCD panel

CVF

Panel closed (panel facing inwards)

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Panel closed (panel facing outwards)

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Panel open

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Mirror shooting*2

ON*1

ON

ON

OFF

1: Mirror mode possible by menu selection.


2: During mirror mode, only TAPE or CARD and the self-timer display appear.
5-10 White balance adjustment
5-10-1 Adjustment range
5-11 Digital feature functions

5-11-1 Fader
(Only in recording on tape)
5-11-1-1 Fade time
5-11-2 Effects

5-11-3 Multi-screen
5-11-3-1 Number of screen

5-11-3-2 Operation mode

TTL 128-segments, new white extraction system FAWB. Includes set / preset (outdoor : 5,600 k;
indoor : 3,200 k) (selected from camera menu).
2,800 k to 8,000 k
The following modes are provided : Fader, Effects, Multi-screen
Fader
: Linked to Start/Stop button. Can be used 1 time when Fade mode displayed.
(Mode indication goes out when Fader ends.)
Effects
: Effect continues until mode is turned OFF.
Multi-screen : Loads and displays multiple screens at set interval or manually. Displayed until
mode is turned OFF.
Audio synchronized fader
Auto Fade (Fade to black), Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide
Approx. 4 sec
Art, Black and White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror (Only Black and
White is available during card recording)
(Except in Night mode, Night+ mode and Super Night mode)
4 (2 2), 9 (3 3), 16 (4 4)
Manual, Fast (4 frames), Normal (6 frames), Slow (8 frames)
During Low Light mode, the settings are Fast (4 frames), Normal (8 frames), and Slow (12
frames)
During Low Light mode, the settings are Fast (4 frames), Normal (8 frames), and Slow (12
frames)

19

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-11-4 Card Mix (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)
Card Chroma Key, Card Lumi. Key, Camera Chroma Key, Card Animation
(a) Mix type
32 levels
(b) Mix level adjustment
Corner Animation, Straight Animation, and Random Animation
(c) Card Animation
(Animation titles are included in the supplied CD.)
5-11-5 Availability in operation mode
Camera
Tape (Motion Video)

Card Camera
Motion Video

Still Image

Digital Fader

Digital Effect

Multi-screen

Card Mix

Black and White only Black and White only

5-12 Built-in microphone


Stereo using electret condenser microphone
5-12-1 Wind screen function
Included. With AUTO/OFF switch (Menu selection. Available for built-in microphone only)
5-13 Built-in flash shooting None
5-14 Auxiliary light source
(White LED)
Includes (MV850i E only)
Lighting mode Night+ mode : LED is forcibly lighted.
Super Night mode : LED lights depending on brightness of the subject.
5-15 Other additional functions
5-15-1 Time code

5-15-2 Data code


a. Time and date

b. Camera data
5-15-3 Accessory shoe
5-15-4 REC Search mechanism
5-15-5 REC Review function
5-15-6 Zero Set Memory

5-15-7 Remote control reception


5-15-8 Headphone volume adjustment
5-15-9 Widescreen TV (16:9)
(WIDE SCREEN)
5-15-10 AEB shooting
5-15-11 Skin detail mode
5-15-12 Still image check time setting
(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)

Displays recording time (0:00:00 to 7:59:59) and records in sub-code area.

The date and camera information during recording are automatically recorded and can be displayed during playback.
Automatic calendar range: January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2030 (default setting is January 1, 2005)
The date and time display can be selected from the three options below.
World clock support (Select the name of your destination city and the date and time are automatically adjusted to the local date and time. Supports daylight savings time.)
During playback, the clock can be displayed in three different modes (date only, date and time,
and time only) (Time and date can be displayed for January 1, 1990 through December 31,
2089).
Shutter speed and aperture value information are recorded (but not displayed during recording),
and can be displayed during playback.
None
Supported. Tape can be played (forward or reverse) by pressing the REC Search button while
camera recording is paused. (When REC Search ends, camera recording is paused again.)
Supported. Accessed by operating the Recording Check button when camera recording is paused.
Supported. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only) This function allows you to rewind or fastforward the tape to the position where the WL-D83 Zero Set Memory key is pressed (the counter
value is set to 0:00:00). (During recording, only zero setting is allowed. This function can be
used in Playback mode.)
Possible. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
No headphone function
Possible. When the Widescreen TV button (WIDE SCREEN) is pressed, the LCD panel
screen changes to letterbox display (top and bottom of the screen are masked with black
bands). Pressing the button again switches to 4:3 mode. Setting is possible in Easy mode.
None
When skin areas are detected, they are expressed softly, and the small blemishes, lines, etc.
become unnoticeable. ON or OFF setting possible.
The time used for checking still images can be set after the photo button is pressed and its
operation is released. One of 6 settings; OFF (0 sec), 2, 4, 6, 8 or 10 seconds can be selected as
the setting mode.

20

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-15-13 Microphone ATT
5-15-14 Microphone level meter
6 Recorder section
6-1 Recording functions
6-1-1 Recording format
6-1-2 Tape speed
6-1-3 DV input recording

None
None
Camera shooting and recording, DV input recording , analog input recording ( MV850i E/830i
E/800i E only)
Consumer digital VCR (SD specs)
Approx. 18.83 mm / sec (in SP mode), Approx. 12.57 mm / sec (in LP mode)
Complies with IEEE1394.( MV850i E/830i E/800i E only)
Records video / audio signals from a digital video camera connected through a DV cable.
Records analog video/audio signals using an AV mini-terminal.( MV850i E/830i E/800i E only)
DV terminal > AV mini-terminal

6-1-4 Analog input recording


6-1-5 Priority of terminals during
recording
6-2 Audio Dubbing Recording
Possible. (SD spec tapes only)
(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
6-2-1 Dubbing-capable tapes
Only tapes with 12-bit/SP recording (other than 4-channel simultaneous recording) can be used
in Audio Dubbing Recording.
6-2-2 Audio Dubbing signal input
Audio signal from LINE (AV mini-terminal) or microphone (external > internal).
6-2-3 Switching to Audio Dubbing
Press audio dubbing button on remote control while playback is paused.
6-3 Playback functions
Standard Playback and Superb Playback
6-3-1 Standard Playback
a. Video
b. Audio
16-bit
12-bit
6-3-2 Special Playback
a. Still image playback
b. Fast-forward playback
c. Rewind playback
d. Frame playback
e. Slow playback
f. 1 SP playback
g. 2 SP playback
6-4 Tape fast-forward / rewind time
6-5 Input signals
6-5-1 DV terminal
6-5-2 AV mini-terminal
a. Video signals
Impedance
Signal level
b. Audio signals
Types of signals
Impedance
Signal level
6-5-3 S-Video terminal
6-5-4 Microphone terminal
6-5-5 USB port

Video recorded in SP and LP modes


48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz sampling frequencies supported
Sampling frequency: 32 kHz
Stereo 1, Stereo 2, or mixed playback of Stereo 1 and Stereo 2 (variable mix ratio)
Plays video only
Pure frame playback
Approx. 11.5 speed.
Approx. 11.5 speed.
Forward/reverse frame feeding (MV850i E/MV830i E/830 E only)
Forward/reverse 1/3 speed (MV850i E/ MV830i E/830 E only)
Forward/reverse 1 speed (MV850i E/MV830i E/830 E only)
Forward/reverse 2 speed (MV850i E/MV830i E/830 E only)
Approx. 2 minutes and 20 seconds (using 60-minute tape)
SD format signals complying with IEEE1394 AV / C protocol (MV850i E/830i E/800i E only)
PAL standard color video signals (MV850i E/830i E/800i E only)
75
1Vp-p (composite)
Stereo audio signal
Min. 40 k
10dBv
None
None
Supports USB 2.0 Full Speed class (MV850i E/MV830i E only)

21

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
6-6 Output signals
6-6-1 DV terminal
6-6-2 AV mini-terminal
a. Video signals
Signal configuration
Output impedance
Output signal level
Horizontal resolution
Self-recording/playback
Camera EE OUT
b. Audio signals
Types of signals
Output impedance
Output signal level
Frequency characteristic
Audio signal S/N
During built-in
microphone input
During external
microphone input

Complies with IEEE1394-AV/C protocol


3.5 mm 4-pole mini-jack
PAL standard color video signals
75
1 Vp-p (composite)
Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center),
Max. 430 TV lines (screen center)
Catalog value, Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center)
Stereo audio signal
Max. 75 k
10 dBv (with 47 k load)
60 Hz to 16 kHz (Range between 1 kHz standard 3 dB)
Min. 48 dB
None

6-6-3 S-Video terminal


None
6-6-4 Headphone terminal
None
6-6-5 USB port (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
USB device class
Supports USB 2.0 Full Speed class
Independent class, PTP class, audio class, video class
Compatible compute systems
Windows : IBM PC/AT compatible, NEC PC98-NX Series
Macintosh: Power Macintosh, PowerBook, iMac, iBook
PC operating system
Windows : Windows 98, Windows 98SE, Windows ME, Windows 2000, Windows XP
Macintosh: Mac OS 9 or later
6-7 Memory card system (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
6-7-1 Types of memory cards used
SD media card, Multimedia card
6-7-2 Recordable image types
a. Still image
JPEG compression recording
In Camera mode
When [FINE] or [NORMAL] is selected for [STILL I.REC] in the [CAMERA. SETUP] menu,
still images can be recorded on the memory card by operating the photo button while motion
video is being recorded on the tape. (Tape simultaneous recording function: VGA still images)
In Card Record mode
Still image is recorded using the Photo button (image size and image quality are selectable).
Writing in Progress warning is displayed in the EVF/LCD.
In VCR mode
Still image is recorded using the photo button during tape playback (pressed halfway down for
still image playback and pressed all the way down for recording) (VGA still images). Also, DV
input images (when no tape loaded or loaded tape is stopped) can be recorded by pressing the
photo button (pressing halfway captures still image of the DV input, pressing all the way down
records the image) (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only).
b. Motion video
Camera images in Card Camera mode, images from tape in VCR mode, and images from DV
input (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only) and AV input (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only) can
be recorded. Records using AVI type (Motion JPEG compression recording/VAVE (monaural)
recording) at 12.5 frames/sec Image quality when recording to a card from tape/DV input (MV850i
E/MV830i E/830i E only)/AV input (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only)

Source

Source recording system

Image recorded on card

Tape / DV input

Progressive or frame motion video recording

Progressive or frame image

Tape / DV input

Normal motion video recording

Simple pure frame image

Analog AV input

Normal motion video recording

Field image

22

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
6-7-3 File name and folder name

Based on the DCF (Design rule for Camera File systems) and still image (Exif 2.2) file management specifications/DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) file management specifications, the following names are assigned to recorded cards after formatting in the Format menu.
CANON DV

Types of files

Compression system

Folder name and file name

Still image (Exif 2.2) file

JPEG

//DCIM/xxxCANON/IMG_yyyy.JPG

Motion video file

JPEG

//DCIM/xxxCANON/MVI_yyyy.AVI

Motion video thumbnail file (*1)

JPEG

//DCIM/xxxCANON/MVI_yyyy.THM

Photo stitch

JPEG

//DCIM/xxxCANON/STz_yyyy.JPG

Zoom browser

JPEG

//DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG

DPOF file

TEXT

//MISC/AUTPRINT.MRK

Work file

TEXT

//DCIM/CANONMSC/xxx.tmp

DPOF auto-send files

TEXT

//MISC/AUTXFER.MRK

a. File No.

xxx: Folder No., yyyy: File number, z: A to Z


1: Comes from motion video file of same file No..
DCF folder and file name//DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG xxx: folder No., yyyy: file No.
Internal management is performed based on folder number-file number.
Photographed images are assigned file numbers from 0001 to 9900, and are stored in folders
(100 files to a folder). Each folder is assigned numbers 100 to 998.
Relationship between folder No. and file No.
Folder No.

File No.

Saved files

101

0101 0102 0103 0199 0200

Photographed image recording area

102

0201 0202 0203 0299 0300

198

9801 9802 9803 9899 9900

200

0001 0002 0003 0099 0100

998

9801 9802 9803 9899 9900


Photographed images start from 101-0101, and are basically numbered to be greater than Directory No.- File No. of files saved on MultiMediaCards.

6-7-4 Recorded image size/image quality


a. Still image recording
During tape
620 480 (VGA) / Switchable between Fine and Normal
During tape playback, line input, and card recording of DV input image
MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only : 1024 768, 640 480 Switchable between Super Fine,
Fine, and Normal 640 480 (VGA) / Switchable between Super Fine, Fine, and Normal
b. Motion video recording
320 240, 160 120 (Motion JPEG compression)

23

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
6-7-5 Number of recorded images/Video recording time
SDC-8M

SDC-128M

SDC-512M

Still image recording

1024 768

640 480

1024 768

640 480

1024 768

640 480

Super Fine

Approx. 13

Approx. 34

Approx. 270

Approx. 695

Approx. 1075

Approx. 2740

(approx. 440 KB (approx. 175 KB (approx. 440 KB (approx. 175 KB

Fine

per image)

per image)

per image)

per image)

Approx. 20

Approx. 50

Approx. 400

Approx. 955

(approx. 300 KB (approx. 120 KB (approx. 300 KB (approx. 120 KB

Normal

Motion video

6-8

per image)

per image)

Approx. 1585

Approx. 3770

(approx. 300 KB (approx. 120 KB

per image)

per image)

per image)

per image)

per image)

per image)

Approx. 38

Approx. 84

Approx. 765

Approx. 1530

Approx. 3015

Approx. 6035

(approx. 160 KB

(approx. 65 KB

per image)

per image)

320 240

160 120

Maximum recording time Approx. 20 sec Approx. 50 sec


Data speed

(approx. 440 KB (approx. 175 KB

(approx. 160 KB (approx. 65 KB per (approx. 160 KB


per image)

per image)

320 240

160 120

Approx. 8 min Approx. 17 min

(approx. 65 KB

per image)

per image)

320 240

160 120

Approx. 32min Approx. 67 min

Approx. 250 KB/sec Approx. 120 KB/secApprox. 250 KB/secApprox. 120 KB/sec Approx. 250 KB/secApprox. 120 KB/sec

The given number of recorded images is only for reference. The number will vary greatly depending on the focal
length, subject and other conditions when taking pictures.
Unless the memory capacity is limited, video recording is possible for up to 60 minutes of continuous shooting
with MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E.
6-7-6 Card format
Format using the Format command in the menu of the main unit. Operation is not guaranteed
with PC formats as problems can occur with some OS.
6-7-7 Usable memory card
SD memory card
San Disk
: 8 MB, 16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB, 128 MB, 256 MB
Matsushita Electric : 8 MB, 16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB, 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB
Toshiba
: 8 MB, 16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB, 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB
MultiMediaCard
San Disk
: 8 MB, 16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB
Hitachi
: 16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB
(However, this does not mean that the operation of all these memory cards is guaranteed.)
6-7-8 Continuous shooting
Not possible
Digital feature playback function
The following modes are provided : Fader, Effect, Multi-screen.
Fader
: Linked to Start/Stop button. Can be used 1 time when Fade mode displayed.
(Mode indication goes out when Fader ends.)
Effects
: Effect continues until mode is turned OFF.
Multi-screen : Loads and displays multiple screens at set interval or manually. Displayed until
mode is turned OFF.
6-8-1 Fade
Audio synchronized fader: Auto Fade same as in recording mode (Fade to black), Wipe, Corner
Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide
Fade time
Approx. 4 sec
6-8-2 Effects
Same as in recording mode. Art, Black and White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color
Mask, Mirror
Effect function turned ON / OFF from D. Effect button. Toggle operation
6-8-3 Multi-screen
a. Number of screens
4 (2 2), 9 (3 3), 16 (4 4)
b. Operation mode
Manual, Fast (4 frames), Normal (6 frames), Slow (8 frames)
6-8-4 Card mix
Not available
6-8-5 Availability in operation mode
Playback (VCR / Tape)

Card playback (VCR / Card)

Fader

Effects

Multi-screen

Card Mix

24

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
6-9 Direct print (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
Still images recorded to the memory card can be easily printed by control from the video camera
by connecting to (sold separately) Compact Printers CP-10/100/200/300/330 (CP-10/ 100 are
not supported by MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E) and Direct Print compatible BJ Printers such as
PIXUS80i/960i with the supplied IFC-300PCU interface cable.
6-9-1 Printable images
Only the still images which have been recorded on the SD memory cards or MultiMediaCards.
6-9-2 Print format
Single image/eight-image print (only when the card size paper tray has been installed in the
CP200/220/300/330). Printing not available from index screen.
6-9-3 Trimming
Impossible
6-9-4 Date printing
Possible (when connected to CP-200/220/300/330 or PictBridge compatible printer)
6-9-5 Number of print copies
Easy Print: 1 to 99 sheets
DPOF printing : Max. 998 images, 1 to 99 each
6-10 Other functions
6-10-1 Consecutive shooting mechanism
Can be used starting in Recording Pause or Stop mode, or starting with the power off.
However, this function does not work when the cassette has been removed.
6-10-2 Automatic stop function
When forward still image playback is continued for approx. 5 minutes, or reverse still image
playback is continued for approx. 5 minutes. When a condensation warning is displayed.
When the tape end or beginning is reached.
6-10-3 Power automatic stop function

6-10-4 Time code


6-10-5 Search
a. Date search
(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)

b. End search

6-10-6 World clock display


6-10-7 Speake
6-10-8 Battery charging function

Charging time

When Recording Pause continues for approx. 5 min. When the battery voltage falls below
a specified value.
Automatically written during recording. Time code values range from 0:00:00:00 to 7:59:59:24
(hours:minutes:seconds:frames).
If there is more than one recording date, this function cue up to the position where the date
changes. Forward/reverse date search (use the
/
keys on the remote control after selecting Date search with the remote control Search Select); the search can be set for up to 10 images
before or after the current position.
When the END SEARCH key is pressed in VCR mode after completion of shooting, the tape
moves to the position where the shooting last ended, cues to the end of the shooting, and then
stops the tape. Furthermore, when an end search is being performed, the tape is played back
starting about 4 seconds before the end of the shooting, enabling the image immediately before
the end to be checked. However, this function does not work when the tape has been removed
after shooting.
Set reference city (city of time clock setting) and select name of city when shooting.
Date and time are automatically adjusted to local date and time, and recorded in data code.
Built-in, volume control provided
When the Canon Compact Power Adapter CA-570 is connected, the battery pack installed in the
battery pack compartment can be charged. (During charging, the charge lamp flashes (one flash
per second for a charge level of 0% to 50%, two flashes per second for a charge level of 50% to
95%) or it lights (for a charge level of 95% or more))
NB-2LF : Approximately 155 minutes, NB-2LH : Approximately 130 minutes,
BP-2L12 : Approximately 205 minutes, BP-2L14 : Approximately 235 minutes

25

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
6-10-9 File transfer (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
a. USB file transfer
Still images (JPEG compression) and motion video (Motion JPEG compression) recorded on
memory cards can be uploaded to a PC and still images (JPEG compression) on the PC can be
downloaded to memory cards in the camcorder by connecting the included IFC-300PCU interface cable between a USB port on the PC and the USB port of the camcorder. When connecting
the video camera to a Windows XP computer, the continuous shooting time for a card video is
limited to approximately 12 minutes at 320 240 and approximately 35 minutes at 160 120.
When the video camera is connected with a PC running Windows XP, the continuous shooting
time for recording motion video to a memory card is limited to approximately 12 minutes for
320 240 resolution, and approximately 35 minutes at 160 120 resolution.
b. DV file transfer
Still images (JPEG compression) and motion video (Motion JPEG compression) recorded on
memory cards can be uploaded to a PC and still images (JPEG compression) on the PC can be
downloaded to memory cards in the camcorder by connecting a CV-150F (or CV-250F) DV
cable between an IEEE1394 port on the PC and the DV terminal of the camcorder.
6-10-10 Still image Simultaneous image recording during tape operation (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
When the photo button is pressed while motion video is recorded to a tape, still images can be
recorded to the memory card at an image size of 640 480 at Fine image quality in Normal
mode.
Converts analog AV signals input to the AV terminal into digital DV signals in real-time and
outputs the digital DV signals from the DV terminal.
6-10-11 Analog / Digital conversion (Not available for MV830 E/800 E/790 E)
When an 8 mm video player or VHS video player is connected with the camcorder using an AV
cable and the camcorder is connected to a PC using a DV cable, images can be captured from the
8 mm tape or VHS tape to the PC. (ON must be selected for the [AV DV] VCR SETUP on
the VCR menu screen.)
6-10-12 Playback zoom
If the zoom lever is flipped to the Tele side during image playback from the tape or card (except
for video), the image being played back can be enlarged up to 5 times its size. (The initial setting
of the playback zoom switch is 2 playback zoom, and this can be changed to 1 to 5 using the
zoom lever.) Playback zoom is cancelled by holding the zoom lever to the Wide side until the
frame display no longer appears. Position of the enlarged section during enlarged screen view
can be changed by SET button. (On the LCD monitor, a frame is displayed to show the zoom-in
area, and the direction in which the area can be moved by the SELECT/SET button is indicated
by / .) Toggling between the up/down and left/right movement direction settings is performed by pressing the SELECT/ SET button. (Left/right is the default setting when the mode
is transferred to zoom-in.)

26

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

Print
manufacturer
Printer
specifications

Suitable printer

Printer
specifications
when
connected to
MV850i E
MV830i E/830 E

Other
manufacturer

Canon
CP
specifications +
PictBridge
specifications

BJ Photo
specifications only

BJ Photo
+ PictBridge
specifications

BJ-895PD/
535PD/F890PD/
PIXUS 80i/
PIXUS 450i/
PIXUS 470PD

PIXUS 990i,
9900i ,960i

PictBridge
specifications

BJ camera direct
specifications

PictBridge
specifications

PictBridge control

BJ direct control

CP-200/220/300
/330

PictBridge
specifications only

PictBridge
specifications

PictBridge control PictBridge control

When the
printer is
connected

Paper setting
Paper size

Printing functions

Paper type
Borders/
no borders
8-of-1 screen
layout
Sectional
printing

(When card size


paper is used)

Image
optimizing
Date printing
Trimming

): When the printer is supported

27

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
7 Terminal
7-1 DV terminal
Special 4-pin (IEEE1394 compatible) ; input and output (MV830 E/800 E/790 E is output only)
7-2 S-Video terminal
None
7-3 AV (Audio / Video) terminal
3.5 mm 4-pole pin jack (yellow) ; input / output (MV830 E/800 E/790 E is output only)
7-4 External microphone input terminal
None
7-5 Headphone terminal
None
7-6 USB port
mini-B Receptacle (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
7-7 Memory card terminals Special multi-pin (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
7-8 Battery terminal
Special 3-pin
7-9 DC input terminal
3.4 mm jack
8 Power supply
8-1 Input power supply
7.4V DC (battery pack), 8.4V DC (DC IN).
8-2 Power consumption
During recording: Approx. 2.3 W (using CVF); approx. 3.1 W/approx. 3.5 W (using LCD monitor: Normal/Bright)
(During recording and AF operation) During playback: Approx. 3.0 W (using LCD monitor:
Normal/Bright)
9 Dimensions (W H D)
53 107 101 mm (2.0 3.7 5.1 in) (excluding protruding parts)
Approx. 56 93 130 mm (2.2 3.7 5.1 in) (including maximum width of protruding parts)
10 Weight
10-1 Main unit
10-2 Total equipped weight

Approx. 430 g (15.2 oz)


Approx. 490 g (1.1 lb): Including NB-2LH, DVM-E30, lens cap, lithium coin battery, and SDC8M
The SDC-8M is not included with the MV800i E/800 E/790 E

11 Temperature and humidity requirements


11-1 Temperature and humidity requirements for performance
0 to 40C, 85% (relative humidity)
11-2 Temperature and humidity requirements for operation
5 to 45C, 65% (relative humidity)

28

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

3. Compatibility with new format (HDV recorded tapes)


3-1 Background
HDV camera capable of high definition shooting being put on the market for the first time in 2003, and another HDV camera of a
competitor in 2004, HDV recorded cassette tapes are expected to be sold increasingly hereafter.
However, cassette tapes shot by HDV cameras have following inconveniences.
(1) Since Mini DV tape is used for the HDV recording completely the same as for the existing DV recording, according to which
standard a particular tape is recorded cannot apparently be identified.
(2) Since HDV (high definition) recorded tape cannot be played back by other than HDV camera (or HDV recorder), whether that tape
has been recorded in HDV standard or remains virgin cannot be distinguished.
Therefore, such a solution has been longed for that a tape shot in HDV format can be detected by an existing video camera, thereby
preventing such a tape from being accidentally deleted.

3-2 Compatibility with HDV tape alarm indication


The present instrument is provided with a new function of automatically detecting a currently played-back area is in HDV format and
indicating it as an alarm. An alarm appears also at after-recording. This indication prevents HDV recorded DV tape from being
overwritten accidentally.

3-3 Recording format capable of alarm indication


HDV standard has 2 kinds of recording format. In any of formats, an alarm can be indicated on the present instrument.
HDV720p type (progressive, 720 effective scanning lines)
HDV1080i type (interlace, 1080 effective scanning lines)

3-4 Details
3-4-1 At after-recording
If HDV format recorded tape is after-recorded, an alarm appears for 4 seconds without receiving an after-recording input. If, while
after-recording, DV (SD) format recorded area is relayed by HDV format recorded area, the after-recording automatically stops,
indicating an alarm for several seconds.
Warning displays : CHECK THE CASSETTE [WRONG FORMAT]

3-4-2 At playback or special playback (Rec search excluded)


Playing back an HDV format recorded tape causes a playback mute status (blue back), indicating an alarm steadily. Stopping the
playback clears the alarm.
Warning displays : WRONG FORMAT PLAYBACK NOT POSSIBLE

29

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

4. System Diagram

WS-20 Wrist Strap

WA -28
Wide attachment

WD-28
Wide-converter

SS-900 Shoulder Strap


CBC-NB2
Car Battery Charger
MiniDV
Video Cassette

NB-2L, NB-2LH,
BP-2L12,BP-2L14
Battery Pack

CB-2LTE
Battery Charger

WL-D85
Wireless Controller

CA-570 Compact
Power Adapter

TL-28
Tele-converter

NB-2L, NB-2LH,
BP-2L12,BP-2L14
Battery Pack

FS-28U
Filter Set

PC-A10 SCAR
Adapter
STV-250N
Stereo Video Cable

VCR

CV-150F/CV-250F
DV Cable

SDC-128M
SD Memory Card

TV

Digital De vice

PC Card Adapter
USB Reader/Writer

MultiMediaCard
IFC-300PCU
USB Cable

Computer

Canon printers with direct print function/


PictBridge-compliant printers

SC-2000 Solt
Carrying Case

Fig. 2

30

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5. Overview of Viewfinder / LCD Panel Displays


5-1 Camera Mode
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Camera mode

Zoom/Exposure correction bar display (displayed for approx. four seconds after zoom operation)
Zoom bar display
Optical Zoom

Digital zoom

MV850i E : 88

MV830i E/830 E, MV800i E/800 E : 80


MV790 E : 72
Digital zoom

MV850i E : 440
MV830i E/830 E, MV800i E/800 E : 400
MV790 E : 360

Zooming is stopped
Zooming to telephoto end
Zooming to wide end

9
9

6
6

Image stabilizer display


The image stabilizer is ON
The image stabilizer is OFF

No display

Recording mode display


SD mode During SP recording
LP recording

Operating mode display


During recording
Recording Pause
Playback is stopped
Cassette is ejected
+ REC Search
- REC Search

31

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Program AE mode display


Easy mode is selected
Auto mode is selected

Sports mode is selected


Portrait mode is selected
Spotlight mode

Text always turns off after it is

Surf & Snow mode is selected

displayed for about four seconds

Low Light mode is selected


Night mode is selected
Night+ mode

MV850i E only

Super Night

MV850i E only

Skin detail mode display


Skin detail mode is selected
Skin detail mode is not selected

No display

Tape counter display


Time code display

Not entered
Zero Set Memory

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Not entered

AE shift display
Minimum exposure

Default setting

Maximum exposure value

Timer display
During recording

Self-timer is activated

32

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Remaing tape display

mark rotates for approx. 2


seconds after recording starts
(

Then, it continues to shrink and expand


in approx. 1-second cycles.
(

Tape end
Not entered
Tape warning display (flashes)
Other

No display

Remaining battery level display

Approx. 100% remaining


Approx. 75% remaining
Approx. 50% remaining
Approx. 25% remaining
Approx. 0% remaining,
warning display (flashes red)

Power adapter is attached

No display

Shutter speed display


1/60 sec is selected
1/100 sec is selected
1/250 sec is selected
1/500 sec is selected
1/1000 sec is selected
1/2000 sec is selected
In Auto mode

No display

White balance display


Set
Indoor preset
Outdoor preset
Auto

No display

Condensation warning display


(flashes red)

33

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Remote control sensor display


Remote control is selected

REMARKS
MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

No display

Remote control receive off is selected


Mute

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Card Mix display

Digital feature display


Auto Fade is selected
Wipe is selected
Corner Wipe is selected
Jump is selected
Flip is selected
Puzzle is selected
Zigzag is selected
Beam is selected
Tide is selected
Art is selected
Black and White is selected
Sepia is selected
Mosaic is selected
Ball is selected
Cube is selected
Wave is selected
Color Mask is selected
Mirror is selected
Multi-screen is selected
Digital feature are turned OFF

No display

Wind screen display


Auto Wind Screen is turned ON

No display

Auto Wind Screen is turned OFF

Time and date display

Time and date is not set

The desired style can be selected from among the styles shown above.

Audio mode display


When 16-bit is selected
When 12-bit is selected

34

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Widescreen TV (16:9) mode display


Widescreen TV mode is selected
Widescreen TV off is selected

No display
MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Photo half-pressed lock display


AF/AE operation in progress

flashes

After AF/AE lock

green light

Focus mode display


With AF off
With AF on

No display

Set to Infinity

35

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-2 VCR Mode


MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

VCR mode

Audio 12-bit output display


When 12-bit Stereo 1 is selected
When 12-bit Stereo 2 is selected
When 12-bit mixed 1:1 is selected
When 12-bit mixed variable is selected
16-bit

No display

Mix balance display


Mix ratio 1:0

Mix ratio 1:1

Mix ratio 0:1

Recording mode display


SD mode During SP recording
LP recording

36

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Operating mode display


During recording

Red display

During recording pause


Cassette is ejected
Playback is stopped
Playback
Fast forward
Rewind
No tape
Fast playback
2 speed playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

1 speed playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Slow playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Frame playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Still image playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Still image reverse playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Frame reverse playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Slow reverse playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

1 SP reverse playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

2 SP reverse playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Rewind playback

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

FF return
REW return
Audio dubbing pause

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Audio dubbing recording

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Tape counter
Time code display

Not entered

Zero Set Memory

Same as during Camera mode

Remaining tape display

Same as during Camera mode

Audio dubbing /
Insert or search operation display
Audio dubbing is selected

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

Date search operation

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

When end search is selected


Other than search

No display

37

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Remaining battery level display

Same as during camera mode

Remote control sensor display

Same as during Camera mode

Battery warning display

Same as during Camera mode

Condensation warning display

Same as during camera mode

REMARKS

Speaker
When Speaker is selected

When volume is at OFF

Playback zoom display

MV830 E/800 E/790 E is not displayed.

DV input display
With DV input
AV

DV signal conversion is selected

Other

No display

Data code display

 
    

 
 
 





 
 



38

  



  

 
   
  

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Camera data
Aperture value display

The products aperture value is


F1.6 and higher.

Aperture fully close

There is no Aperture fully


close function in this product

Not entered

Shutter speed display

This products shutter speed is


1/2000 sec

Not entered

Time display
Time setting is selected

Not entered
Time and time setting are selected

Not entered

Date display

Not entered

Wind screen display

Same as during Camera mode

Audio input display


Dubbing/Audio input terminal is selected
Dubbing/Microphone input terminal is selected

Audio mode display

Same as during camera mode

Widescreen TV (16:9)

Same as during Camera mode

39

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-3 Card / Camera Mode (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only)


MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Card/Camera mode

Zoom/Exposure correction/ND display


Zoom/Exposure correction display

Same as during Camera mode

Over exposure warning (flashes)

Caution is indicated when F11 or higher

ND display (when ND is on)


Underexposure (flashes)

Card recording quality display

Program AE mode display

Same as during Camera mode

Stitch Assist quantity display

Clockwise
Counter-clockwise

Hand shaking warning

Card access display

Card remaining display

mark rotates for approx. 2 seconds


after recording starts

No card (flashes red)


9999 or more images can be recorded

99 images can be recorded

Then, it continues to shrink and expand


in approx. 1-second cycles.
(

Yellow display

5 images can be recorded

1 image scan be recorded

AE shift display

Same as during Camera/Tape mode

40

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Still image size display


1024 768 is selected

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only

640 480 is selected


Focus mode display

Same as during Camera mode

Self-timer display

Same as during Camera mode

Motion video size display


320 240 is selected
160 120 is selected
Shutter speed display

Remaining battery level display

Same as during Camera mode

White balance display

Same as during Camera mode

Lithium coin battery low-power

Same as during Camera mode

warning display
Condensation warning display

Same as during Camera mode

Remote control code display

Same as during Camera mode

Digital feature display

Time and date display

Same as during Camera mode


(date and time only)

Photo half-pressed lock display

Same as during camera mode

Stitch Assist operation guide

AF frame display
AF priority
Focus display

Center only during Easy mode

Subject cannot be brought into focus

41

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-4 Card Playback Mode (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only)


5-4-1 Still Image Playback
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Card Playback mode (Still images)

Title display
Slide show
Card playback

Send designation mark display

Print mark display

Protect mark display

Computer USB connection


When not connected

No display

DCF file name display


Directory number-File number

Video playback time display


Playback
Playback pause

42

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Card access display


Image number display
Red flashing display

No card
Checking number of images
recorded on card
0 recorded images

9th of 99 recorded images

99th of 99 recorded images

9999th of 9999 recorded images

Speaker

Same as during VCR mode

Data code display

Same as during VCR mode


(date and time only)

Playback zoom display guide

Same as during VCR playback mode

Slide show operation guide

43

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-4-2 Video (Motion JPEG) Still Image Playback


MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Video (Motion JPEG)


Still image playback

Card information display


No card

Red flashing display

Checking number of images recorded


on card
0 recorded images

9th of 99 recorded images

99th of 99 recorded images

9999th of 9999 recorded images

Motion video size display

Speaker/headphone volume adjustment

Same as during VCR mode

Operating mode display


Playback
Playback pause

Data code display

Same as during VCR mode

Total playback time display

Lap time display

44

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-4-3 Direct Printing


MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

REMARKS

Printer connected display


PictBridge-compatible printer

SET

MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E models can

Bubble Jet compatible printer

SET

not be connected to CP printers not


supporting PictBridge (CP-10/100).

45

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-5 Menu Display


The menu display has Camera mode, VCR mode, Card/Camera mode, and Card Playback mode.

Camera Mode

MAIN MENU ITEM


D. EFFECT SET UP

SUB MENU ITEM


CARD MIX

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

Switches to Card mix selection screen


(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

D. E. SELECT

FADER TYPE

EFFECT TYPE

M.S.SPEED

M.S.SPLIT

BACKUP

Lithium battery
FADER
EFFECT
MULTI- S
FADE- T
WIPE
CORNER
JUMP
FLIP
PUZZLE
ZIGZAG
BEAM
TIDE
ART
BLACK & WHITE
SEPIA
MOSAIC
BALL
CUBE
WAVE
COLOR MASK
MIRROR
MANUAL
FAST
MODERATE
SLOW
4
9
16

RETURN

46

FADE- T

Lithium battery

ART

Lithium battery

MODERATE

Lithium battery

Lithium battery

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
CAMERA SET UP

SUB MENU ITEM


SHUTTER

A. SL SHUTTER
D. ZOOM

IMAGE STAB.
WHITE BAL.

SETTINGS
AUTO
1/50
1/120
1/250
1/500
1/1000
1/2000
ON
OFF
OFF
88(MV850i E)
80(MV830i E/830 E)
80(MV800i E/800 E)
72(V790 E)
440(MV850i E)
400(MV830i E/830 E)
400(MV800i E/800 E)
360(MV790 E)
ON
OFF
AUTO
SET
INDOOR
OUTDOOR

DEFAULT
AUTO

Lithium battery

ON

Lithium battery

OFF

Lithium battery

ON

Lithium battery

AUTO

Lithium battery

NIGHT

NIGHT MODE 1

BACKUP

NIGHT+

Lithium battery

NIGHT+
S.NIGHT

SELF TIMER
SKIN DETAIL
STILL. DETALE 2

VCR SET UP

RETURN
REC MODE

AUDIO SET UP

RETURN
WIND SCREEN
AUDIO MODE

ON
OFF
SOFT
NORMAL
OFF
FINE
NORMAL

OFF

Reset switches off

NORMAL

Reset by turning power off

OFF

Lithium battery

SP
LP

SP

Lithium battery

AUTO
OFF
16 bit
12 bit

AUTO

Lithium battery

12 bit

Lithium battery

RETURN

1 : Model MV850i E only.


2 : Model MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only.

47

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
DISPLAY SET UP/

SUB MENU ITEM

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

BRIGHTNESS

LCD MIRROR
TV SCREEN
D/T DISPLAY
LANGUAGE

DATE FORMAT

DEMO MODE

BACKUP
Lithium battery

ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DEUTSCH
ENGLISH
ESPAOL
FRANAIS
ITALIANO
PyCCK

ON

Lithium battery

ON

Lithium battery

OFF

Lithium battery

ENGLISH

Lithium battery

The Asian models display in four


languages:English, simplified Chinese, traditional
Chinese, and Korean, in that order (English is the
default language).
2005. 1. 1
JAN. 1, 2005
AM 12:00
12:00 AM
JAN. 1, 2005
12:00 AM
1. JAN. 2005
2005. 1. 1 3
12:00 AM
AM 12:00
ON
ON
OFF

RETURN

3 : The Asian model only.

48

Lithium battery

Lithium battery

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
SYSTEM

SUB MENU ITEM


WL. REMOTE 2
BEEP
T. ZONE/DST

D/TIME SEL

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

BACKUP

ON
ON
Lithium battery
OFF
ON
ON
Lithium battery
OFF
LONDON
PARIS
Lithium battery
LONDON
PARIS
PARIS

CAIRO
MOSCOW
DUBAI
KARACHI
DACCA
BANGKOK
H.KONG
TOKYO
SYDNEY
SOLOMON
WELLGTN.
SAMOA
HONOLU.
ANCHOR.
L.A.
DENVER
CHICAGO
N.Y.
CARACAS
RIO
FERNAN.

AZORES
AZORES
However, H. KONG is changed to BEIJING when simplified Chinese is
selected.
H. KONG is shown when a setting other than simplified Chinese is selected.
JAN. 1, 2005
JAN. 1, 2005
Lithium battery
12:00 AM
12:00 AM
DEC.31, 2030
11:59 PM
1. JAN, 2005
12:00 AM
31, DEC. 2030
11:59 PM

RETURN

2 : Model MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only.

49

1. JAN, 2030
12:00 AM

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
MY CAMERA 2

SUB MENU ITEM


S-UP SOUND

SHTR SOUND

OPER. SOUND

SELF-T SOUND

MY CAMERA 4

RETURN
START-UP IMG
S-UP SOUND

OPER. DSOUND

SELF-T SOUND

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

BACKUP

OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

ON
OFF
OFF
PATTERN1
PATTERN2
OFF
PATTERN1
PATTERN2
OFF
PATTERN1
PATTERN2

ON

Lithium battery

PATTERN1

Lithium battery

PATTERN1

Lithium battery

PATTERN1

Lithium battery

RETURN
CLOSE

2 : Model MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only.


4 : Model MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E only.

50

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

VCR Mode
MAIN MENU ITEM
D. EFFECT SET UP

SUB MENU ITEM

DEFAULT

D. E. SELECT

FADER TYPE

EFFECT TYPE

M.S.SPEED

M.S.SPLIT

VCR SET UP

SETTINGS

RETURN
REC MODE
AV

DV 1

BACKUP
Lithium battery

FADER
EFFECT
MULTI- S
FADE- T
WIPE
CORNER
JUMP
FLIP
PUZZLE
ZIGZAG
BEAM
TIDE
ART
BLACK & WHITE
SEPIA
MOSAIC
BALL
CUBE
WAVE
COLOR MASK
MIRROR
MANUAL
FAST
MODERATE
SLOW
4
9
16
SP
LP
ON
OFF

RETURN

1 : Model MV850i E only.

51

FADE- T

Lithium battery

ART

Lithium battery

MODERATE

Lithium battery

Lithium battery

SP

Lithium battery

OFF

Reset by turning
power off

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
AUDIO SET UP

SUB MENU ITEM


OUTPUT CH

AUDIO DUB. 2
WIND SCREEN 2
AUDIO MODE
12bit AUDIO

SETTINGS
L/R
L/L
R/R
AUDIO IN
MIC. IN
AUTO
OFF
16bit
12bit
STEREO1
STEREO2
MIX/FIXED
MIX/VARI.

DEFAULT
L/R

Reset by turning
power off

AUDIO IN

Lithium battery

AUTO

Lithium battery

12bit

Lithium battery

STEREO1

Reset by turning
power off

MIX BALANCE

CARD SET UP 2

RETURN
IMG QUALITY

MOVIE SIZE
FILE NOS.

DISPLAY SET UP/

Lithium battery

SUPER FINE
FINE
NORMAL
320 240
160 120
RESET
CONTINUOUS

FINE

Lithium battery

320 240

Lithium battery

CONTINUOUS

Lithium battery

RETURN
BRIGHTNESS

TV SCREEN
DISPLAYS
6 SEC. DATE
DATA CODE

D/TIME SEL

LANGUAGE

BACKUP

Lithium battery

ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DATE/TIME
CAMERA DATA
CAM. & D/T
DATE
TIME
DATE & TIME
DEUTSCH
ENGLISH
ESPAOL
FRANAIS
ITALIANO
PyCCK

ON

Lithium battery

ON

Lithium battery

OFF

Lithium battery

DATE/TIME

Lithium battery

DATE & TIME

Lithium battery

ENGLISH

The Asian models display in four


languages:English, simplified Chinese, traditional
Chinese, and Korean, in that order (English is the
default language).

2 : Model MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only.

52

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM

SUB MENU ITEM

DISPLAY SET UP/

DATE FORMAT

SYSTEM

RETURN
WL. REMOTE 2
BEEP
T. ZONE/DST

D/TIME SEL

SETTINGS
2005. 1. 1
AM 12:00
JAN. 1, 2005
12:00 AM
1. JAN. 2005
12:00 AM

DEFAULT
JAN. 1, 2005
12:00 AM

BACKUP
Lithium battery

ON
ON
Lithium battery
OFF
ON
ON
Lithium battery
OFF
LONDON
PARIS
Lithium battery
LONDON
PARIS
PARIS

CAIRO
MOSCOW
DUBAI
KARACHI
DACCA
BANGKOK
H.KONG
TOKYO
SYDNEY
SOLOMON
WELLGTN.
SAMOA
HONOLU.
ANCHOR.
L.A.
DENVER
CHICAGO
N.Y.
CARACAS
RIO
FERNAN.

AZORES
AZORES
However, H. KONG is changed to BEIJING when simplified Chinese is
selected.
H. KONG is shown when a setting other than simplified Chinese is selected.
JAN. 1, 2005
JAN. 1, 2005
Lithium battery
12:00 AM
12:00 AM
DEC.31, 2030
11:59 PM
1. JAN, 2005
12:00 AM
31, DEC. 2030
11:59 PM

RETURN

2 : Model MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only.

53

1. JAN, 2030
12:00 AM

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
MY CAMERA 2

SUB MENU ITEM


S-UP SOUND

SHTR SOUND

OPER. SOUND

SELF-T SOUND

MY CAMERA 4

RETURN
START-UP IMG
S-UP SOUND

OPER. DSOUND

SELF-T SOUND

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

BACKUP

OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

ON
OFF
OFF
PATTERN1
PATTERN2
OFF
PATTERN1
PATTERN2
OFF
PATTERN1
PATTERN2

ON

Lithium battery

PATTERN1

Lithium battery

PATTERN1

Lithium battery

PATTERN1

Lithium battery

RETURN
CLOSE

2 : Model MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only.


4 : Model MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E only.

54

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

Card / Camera Mode (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only)


MAIN MENU ITEM

SUB MENU ITEM

D. EFFECT SET UP

EFFECT

CAMERA SET UP

RETURN
SHUTTER

A. SL SHUTTER
D. ZOOM

WHITE BAL.

FOCUS PRI.
NIGHT MODE 1

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

BACKUP

OFF

OFF
BLACK & WHITE

Lithium battery

AUTO
1/50
1/120
1/250
ON
OFF
OFF
88(MV850i E)
80(MV830i E/830 E)
AUTO
SET
INDOOR
OUTDOOR
ON
OFF

AUTO

Lithium battery

ON

Lithium battery

OFF

Lithium battery

AUTO

Lithium battery

ON

Lithium battery

NIGHT

NIGHT+

Lithium battery

NIGHT+
S.NIGHT

SELF TIMER
SKIN DETAIL
REVIEW

CARD SET UP

RETURN
IMA QUALITY

IMA SIZE
MOVIE SIZE
FILE NOS.

AUDIO SET UP

RETURN
WIND SCREEN

ON
OFF
SOFT
NORMAL
OFF
2sec
4sec
6sec
8sec
10sec

OFF

Reset switches off

NORMAL

Reset by turning power off

2sec

Lithium battery

SUPER FINE
FINE
NORMAL
1024 768
320 240
160 120
RESET
CONTINUOS

FINE

Lithium battery

1024 768
320 240

Lithium battery
Lithium battery

CONTINUOS

Lithium battery

AUTO

Lithium battery

AUTO
OFF

RETURN

1 : Model MV850i E only.

55

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
DISPLAY SET UP/

SUB MENU ITEM

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

BRIGHTNESS

LCD MIRROR
TV SCREEN
D/T DISPLAY
LANGUAGE

DATE FORMAT

DEMO MODE

BACKUP
Lithium battery

ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DEUTSCH
ENGLISH
ESPAOL
FRANAIS
ITALIANO
PyCCK

ON

Lithium battery

ON

Lithium battery

OFF

Lithium battery

ENGLISH

Lithium battery

The Asian models display in four


languages:English, simplified Chinese, traditional
Chinese, and Korean, in that order (English is the
default language).
2005. 1. 1
JAN. 1, 2005
AM 12:00
12:00 AM
JAN. 1, 2005
12:00 AM
1. JAN. 2005
12:00 AM
ON
ON
OFF

RETURN

56

Lithium battery

Lithium battery

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
SYSTEM

SUB MENU ITEM


WL. REMOTE
BEEP
T. ZONE/DST

D/TIME SEL

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

BACKUP

ON
ON
Lithium battery
OFF
ON
ON
Lithium battery
OFF
LONDON
PARIS
Lithium battery
LONDON
PARIS
PARIS

CAIRO
MOSCOW
DUBAI
KARACHI
DACCA
BANGKOK
H.KONG
TOKYO
SYDNEY
SOLOMON
WELLGTN.
SAMOA
HONOLU.
ANCHOR.
L.A.
DENVER
CHICAGO
N.Y.
CARACAS
RIO
FERNAN.

AZORES
AZORES
However, H. KONG is changed to BEIJING when simplified Chinese is
selected.
H. KONG is shown when a setting other than simplified Chinese is selected.
JAN. 1, 2005
JAN. 1, 2005
Lithium battery
12:00 AM
12:00 AM
DEC.31, 2030
11:59 PM
1. JAN, 2005
12:00 AM
31, DEC. 2030
11:59 PM

RETURN

57

1. JAN, 2030
12:00 AM

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
MY CAMERA

SUB MENU ITEM


S-UP SOUND

SHTR SOUND

OPER. SOUND

SELF-T SOUND

SETTINGS
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
MY SOUND

RETURN
CLOSE

58

DEFAULT

BACKUP

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

DEFAULT

Lithium battery

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

Card Playback Mode (Card/VCR mode) (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only)


MAIN MENU ITEM

SUB MENU ITEM

CARD OPERATIONS
(During single shooting)

PRINT ORDERS
ALL ERASE
TRANS. ORDER
ALL ERASE
IMAGE ERASE

FORMAT

CARD OPERATIONS
(for index screen)

DISPLAY SET UP/

RETURN
PROTECT

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

Switches to erase all print designations screen


Move to Transmission Screen Erase Screen.
CANCEL
SINGLE
ALL
CANCEL
EXECUTE

CANCEL

None

CANCEL

None

Switches to image protect screen

PRINT ORDER

Switches to print designations screen

TRANSFER
ORDER

Switches to send designations screen

RETURN
BRIGHTNESS

TV SCREEN
DISPLAY
D/T DISPLAY
LANGUAGE

DATE FORMAT

BACKUP

Lithium battery

ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DEUTSCH
ENGLISH
ESPAOL
FRANAIS
ITALIANO
PyCCK

ON

Lithium battery

OFF

Lithium battery

OFF

Lithium battery

ENGLISH

Lithium battery

The Asian models display in four


languages:English, simplified Chinese, traditional
Chinese, and Korean, in that order (English is the
default language).
2005. 1. 1
JAN. 1, 2005
AM 12:00
12:00 AM
JAN. 1, 2005
12:00 AM
1. JAN. 2005
12:00 AM

RETURN

59

Lithium battery

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
SYSTEM

SUB MENU ITEM


WL. REMOTE
BEEP
T. ZONE/DST

D/TIME SEL

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

BACKUP

ON
ON
Lithium battery
OFF
ON
ON
Lithium battery
OFF
LONDON
PARIS
Lithium battery
LONDON
PARIS
PARIS

CAIRO
MOSCOW
DUBAI
KARACHI
DACCA
BANGKOK
H.KONG
TOKYO
SYDNEY
SOLOMON
WELLGTN.
SAMOA
HONOLU.
ANCHOR.
L.A.
DENVER
CHICAGO
N.Y.
CARACAS
RIO
FERNAN.

AZORES
AZORES
However, H. KONG is changed to BEIJING when simplified Chinese is
selected.
H. KONG is shown when a setting other than simplified Chinese is selected.
JAN. 1, 2005
JAN. 1, 2005
Lithium battery
12:00 AM
12:00 AM
DEC.31, 2030
11:59 PM
1. JAN, 2005
12:00 AM
31, DEC. 2030
11:59 PM

RETURN

60

1. JAN, 2030
12:00 AM

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MAIN MENU ITEM
MY CAMERA

SUB MENU ITEM


CREATE START-UP IMG
SEL. S-UP IMG

S-UP SOUND

SHTR SOUND

OPER. SOUND

SELF-T SOUND

MY CAMERA

RETURN
PRINT

SETTINGS

DEFAULT

Switches to startup image creation screen.


NO IMAGE
CANON LOGO
CANON LOGO
MY IMAGE
OFF
DEFAULT
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
DEFAULT
MY SOUND
OFF
DEFAULT
DEFAULT
MY SOUND

BACKUP

Lithium battery

Lithium battery

Lithium battery

Lithium battery

Lithium battery

Move to the PRINT ORDER screen (when a Camera Direct compatible printer
is connected).

CLOSE

61

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-6 Card-Related Screen Displays (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only)


MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Slideshow screen
Image Playback

MPEG-4 (When Playback)

Image setup screen

Index screen : s selected

62

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Image protect screen


(during Index screen)

Print designations screen

Send designations screen

63

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Image erase screen


Image erase selection screen

Erasing one image

Warning : Erasing in progress

Erasing all images

64

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Format screen

Format confirmation screen

Format execution screen

Card mix selection screen

65

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Mix type setting screen

Animation type setting screen

Mix level setting screen

Stitch assist screen

66

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

My camera setup
My camera settings screen

Startup image creation screen

Recording position selection

Record execution confirmation

Now Creating message

67

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Startup image selection screen

Startup sound selection screen

Select Shutter Sound screen

Operation sound selection screen

Self-timer sound selection screen

68

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

PC connection screen
During USB connection

During IEEE1394 connection

69

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

5-7 Direct Print Setting screen (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only)


MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Direct print setting screen


Direct print setting initial screen

Print selection screen

BJ Direct compatible printers

PictBridge compatible printer


(PIXUS 990i, CP-200/220/300/330)


 
 


 



 












 



 

Cancel print screen



 





 






Cancel selection screen


 
 


 



 

70









 






 

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
MENU INDICATION

PAL MODEL

Quantity setting screen




 







 



 





 





 



 


 
 
 








Trimming setting screen




 









71

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

6. Warning Displays
COPYRIGHT PROTECTED PLAYBACK IS RESTRICTED
When unable to play tape due to copyright protection information.

COPYRIGHT PROTECTED DUBBING RESTRICTED


When unable to record to tape due to copy protection information (MV850i E/830i E/800i E only).

COPYRIGHT PROTECTED DUBBING RESTRICTED


When trying to record a tape containing copyright protection information or to record an external input image to a card
(MV850i E/830i E/800i E only).

SET THE TIME ZONE,DATE AND TIME


When the power has been turned on without setting the time zone and/or date and time.

REMOVE THE CASSETTE


When a cassette has been inserted while there is a mechanical error or condensation in the unit.

CHANGE THE BATTERY PACK


When the battery charge level has dropped.

CONDENSATION HAS BEEN DETECTED


When condensation has formed (if a cassette is inserted, the REMOVE THE CASSETTE message appears after this).

CHECK THE INPUT


When DV is not connected or the device is connected but cannot be recognized (Not available for MV830 E/800 E/790 E).

HEADS DIRTY. AUSE CLEANING CASSETTE


When the heads are clogged.

THE TAPE IS SET FOR ERASUER PREVENTION


When REC was pressed in VCR mode when recording is enabled but the cassette was set to write-protection. In the camera
mode, when the power is turned ON, when the Start/Stop button is pressed, and when a cassette is inserted.

TAPE END
When either the end of the tape was detected, or a key was pressed during detection that blocked tape movement in the forward
direction in a mode where forward movement is enabled.

CHECK THE CASSETTE [REC MODE]


When the Dubbing button was pressed in a section recorded at LP/ESP/ELP.Or, LP mode was detected during dubbing.

CHECK THE CASSETTE [AUDIO MODE]


When the Dubbing button was pressed in a section with 16-bit or 4-channel simultaneous recording. Or, a 16-bit mode or 4channel simultaneous recording mode was detected during dubbing.

72

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

CHECK THE CASSETTE [BLANK]


When an unrecorded section was detected during dubbing.

CARD ERROR
When a card error occurs and data cannot be recorded on the card. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

CARD FULL
When the card is full. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

NAMING ERROR
When the file number or directory number has reached the maximum. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

UNIDENTIFIABLE IMAGE
When you tried to play an unplayable image type, incompatible JPEG image, or image with corrupted data. (MV850i E, MV830i
E/830 E only)

PRINT ORDER ERROR


When there are too many print marks (100 or more), or when a mark file cannot be edited. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

NO CARD
When the card is not inserted in the socket of the main unit. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

NO IMAGES
When the image that should be played in the card cannot be found. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

THE CARD IS SET FOR ERASURE PREVENTION


When an attempt is made to record on an SD card set for erasure prevention, in a mode that allows card recording (VCR mode,
Card Recording mode.) (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

NOW CREATING START- UP IMAGE


When the startup screen is being written to flash memory (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only).

THIS IMAGE CANNOT BE USED AS START- UP IMAGE


When you tried to set a different type of still image or one recorded by another device, or a still image imported to and edited on
a computer as the startup screen. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

IN CARD POSITION
When the Start/Stop button was pressed in Camera mode (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only).

THIS IMAGE CANNOT BE RECORDED


When analog input video that you are trying to record to a card cannot be recorded due to the signal condition. (MV850i E,
MV830i E/830 E only)

73

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

DIFFERENT CARD FORMAT


When the card format is not compatible with this device. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

PAPER ERROR
When a paper error occurs. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

NO PARER
When the paper has not been inserted into the printer properly or there is no paper in the printer. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E
only)

PAPER JAM
When a paper jam occurs during printing. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

NO INK
When ink is not installed properly or the ink has run out. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

LOW INKLEVEL
When the ink level is low. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

WASTE TANK FULL


When the waste ink tank is full. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

CANNOT PRINT!
When you tried to print a different type of still image or one recorded by another device, or a still image imported to and edited
on a computer. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

COULD NOT PRINT *IMAGES


When you tried to print a different type of still image or one recorded by another device, or a still image imported to and edited
on a computer using the DPOF setting for images. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

SET PRINT ORDER


When you tried to print still images not designated for printing by using the Print command in the Card Playback menu.
(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

CANNOT TRIM
When an attempt has been made to trim still images with a 160 120 image size. Alternatively, when an attempt has been made
to trim images whose aspect ratio differs significantly from 4:3. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

READJUST TRIMMING
When you tried to change the STYLE setting after making the trimming settings. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

PRINTER ERROR
When a problem occurs in the printer. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

74

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

COMMUNICATION ERROR
When an error occurs during communication.

PRINTER IN USE
When the printer is in use. Check the printer status. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

PRINTER WARMING UP
When the printer is warming up. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

PAPER LEVER ERROR


When the printer paper lever is in the improper position. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

PRINTER COVER OPEN


When the printer cover is open. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

INCOMPATIBLE PEPAR SIZE


When an unavailable paper size was selected in the paper size menu after displaying the paper size menu and changing the
settings at the printer side. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

CHECK PRINT SETTINGS


When the printer setting status displays the current recording value and the Print/Share button was pressed even though this
value cannot be used by PictBridge when the printer is connected. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

PRINT ERROR
When an error due to some unspecified cause occurred in the printer. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

When the image quantity that can be set was exceeded. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

TOO MANY IMAGES DISCONNECT CABLE


Disconnect the USB cable, delete the still images from the memory card until there are 1800 or less, and then reconnect the USB
cable. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

CANNOT TRANSFER!
When PC Background is set, and then motion video is displayed (Setting icon and icon to its right are grayed out, and the
Print/Share button lights up), and the Print/Share button is pressed. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

PAPER HAS BEEN CHANGED


When the paper size was changed between the time of selecting the paper and starting printing. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E
only)

MEDIA TYPE ERROR


When a paper that cannot be used is selected. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

75

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

INCOMPATIBE PAPER SIZE


When paper that is incompatible with this device was loaded into the printer. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

RECHARGE THE PRINTER BATTERY


When the printer battery is out of power. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

PAPER AND INK DO NOT MATCH


When the ink cannot be used on the designated paper. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

INK CASSETTE ERROR


When an error has occurred in the ink cassette. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)

CHECK THE CASSETTE [WRONG FORMAT]


When it was found during dubbing that the tape was recorded in HD format.

WRONG FORMAT PLAYBACK NOT POSSIBLE


When it was found during playback/special playback that the tape was recorded in HD format.

76

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
CONTENTS
1. PCB Functions ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
2. Power Supply Circuit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2
2-1 Startup of Power Supply ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2
2-2 Power Fuses ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2-3 Power Supply Circuits ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
3. Built-in Charger Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
3-1 Outline ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
3-2 Operation at Charging ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
3-2-1 Conditions to Start Charging ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7
3-2-2 Progress of Charging --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
4. Signal Processing Circuit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
4-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
4-2 Camera/Card Signal Processing ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10
4-2-1 Camera Motion Picture Recording --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
4-2-2 Card Still Picture Recording ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
4-2-3 Card Motion Picture Recording ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
4-3 Recorder Signal Processing ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
4-4 Audio Signal Flow --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13
5. System Control, Servo ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14
5-1 Outline of System Control, Servo ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14
5-2 Major Functions of Each MI-COM -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15
5-3 Servo Control --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16
5-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode (USB) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17
5-5 Error Detection ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18
5-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18
5-5-2 Processing after Error Detection ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

1. PCB Functions
(1) MAIN PCB
System-Control Section
IC100
IC3201

MODE MI-COM
POWER CONTROL

Camera/Card Section
IC1102
SDRAM
IC1103

DIGIC DV

System control
MODE MI-COM back up, RESET
Memory for DIGIC DV (64M)
Camera digital signal processing, card image processing,
and USB interface

IC1200
LENS DRIVE
CVF/LCD Section

Zoom, focus motor driver, IRIS driver, and gyro output amp

IC1501
PM Section

EVF/LCD DRIVE

EVF (CVF), LCD driver

POWER CONTROL
4.7V REGULATOR

Power controlling (charge control, power PWM regulator control)


4.7V regulator

VRP2

Record playback head amplifier

FLASH
VIC4

Memory for FR MI-COM (16M)


Digital VCR signal processing LSI, IEEE1394 interface,

SDRAM

FR MI-COM, and Analog video input/output signal processing


Memory for VIC4 (64M)

IC3201
IC3203
Video Section
IC2000
IC2300
IC2301
IC2302

MO Driver Section
IC300
OPE AMP
IC301
Audio Section
IC801
CCD Section
IC1001
IC1002

Operational amplifier for reel sensor

MOTOR DRIVE

Drum, capstan, and loading motor driver

AUDIO INTERFACE

Analog input/output signal processing, speaker amplifier

TG/CDS/AGC/AD/V-DRIVER

CCD, TG, CCD output signal sampling, AGC, and A/D converter, CCD

2.7V REGULATOR

V driver
2.7V regulator

CCD

CCD image sensor

DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL

Backlight drive

(2) CCD PCB


IC1070
(3) LCD PCB
IC4201
(4) CVF PCB
Back-light LED turn-on
(5) JACK PCB
AV jack, IEEE1394 terminal, USB terminal
IC1601
IC1602

P SENSOR GYRO
Y SENSOR GYRO

Pitch-direction angular speed detection


Yaw-direction angular speed detection

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2. Power Supply Circuit


2-1 Startup of Power Supply

MAIN PCB

LI PCB

FROM
DC JACK

JACK PCB

22

JACK DET

EJ SW

LITHIUM
BATTERY

CN101

CN1

24

OPERATION
KEY UNIT
POWER SW

DMC-III
CASSETTE
IN SW

CN2101 9

CN100

19

CN303 12

CN101

21
80 DC V DET

2.7V
REG.

3V
REG.

20

DET

25

EJECT SW 66

E3V

18 E3 DET

CAS IN 67
VTR
76
POWER SW

22

SW

VCC
CAMERA
77
POWER SW

FROM
BATTERY
TERMINAL

IC3201
POWER
CONTROL

RESET

17

10 RESET

2.6V
DET.

18

25 LI DET

VTR ON 3

53 CAM ON
CAM ON

26

52 VTR ON

IC100
MODE
MI-COM.

23

71 DC J DET

79
SERIAL
DATA

DVDD
2.7V

IC2301
FR MI-COM.
(VIC4)

Fig. 1

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
Backup Lithium Battery
LI3V power from the lithium battery is input to pin 19 of the IC3201, and it is output from pin 22 as power to the MODE MI-COM.
Thus, the MODE MI-COM performs data backup and clock operation when main power supply is not connected.
When the voltage of the lithium battery decreases below 2.6 V (or when the lithium battery is not loaded), the IC3201 outputs the
L signal form pin 18. Upon receipt of this signal at the time of power-on, the MODE MI-COM sends it to the FR MI-COM,
which then issue a lithium battery low-level warning indication.
Main Power Supply
Main power (DC-JACK/BATTERY) is supplied to pin 21 of IC3201. Through the internal regulator, the main power thus supplied
is converted to 3V power, which is output as E3V from pin 20 of IC3201. Furthermore, through the internal switch, the main power
is converted to LI3V, and an internal 2.7V regulator output is delivered from pin 22 of IC3201 as a power voltage for driving the
MODE MI-COM.
When main power is supplied, the "H" signal is output from pin 25 of the IC3201. Upon detection of this "H" signal, the MODE
MI-COM recognizes the main power source has been provided. Then, the MODE MI-COM carries out initialization and sets up
the standby state. In this state, the MODE MI-COM performs detection of startup-related switches. When it detects that any one
of the startup-related switches has been turned on, the VTR ON (H), CAM ON (H) signals are output from pins 52, 53, respectively.
Upon output of the VTR ON (H), CAM ON (H) signals, power to each circuit is turned on.
When each circuit power is made active, 3V power is input to pins 23/26 of IC3201. 2.7V power is output as the power for the
MODE MI-COM from pin 22 of IC3201 to save its power consumption.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-2 Power Fuses

MAIN PCB
CN3202
BATT.
TERNINAL

4,5

BATT. +

FU3201
CN3201
DC JACK

DC +

DC +

DC PCB

FU3202

CCD+LCD,
1.4V, 2.7V, 3V,
DC/DC CONVERTOR
4.7V, 5V,
VTR UNREG

FU3203
MECHA UNREG
FU1800
CHARGE UNREG

Fig. 2
The power supply from the battery DC JACK is supplied to four fuses on the MAIN PCB, through which the following four power
voltage are delivered.
(1) UNREG 1 : FU3201
DC / DC CONVERTER
3V power source (HA3V, DVDD3V, CAM3V)
2.7V power source (DVDD2.7V, SDRAM2.7V, AA2.7V, AVDD2.7V, LCD2.7V, DIF2.7V, DVDD3V MI-COM)
1.4V power source (DVDD 1.4V, MACS 1.4V, AVDD 1.4V)
CCD/LCD drive power source (-7V, +8.5V, +15V)
(2) P5/VTR UNREG : FU3202
4.7V power source (AA 4.7V, HA 4.7V)
5V power source (POW 5V)
VCR UNREG
(3) MECHA UNREG : FU3203
DRUM power source (D VM)
CAPSTAN power source (C VM)
(4) MI-COM UNREG : FU1800
MI-COM UNREG (BATTERY)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-3 Power Supply Circuits


Figure 3 shows the power supply circuits.
The ON/OFF condition of each power supply voltage is controlled by the VTR ON / CAM ON signals output from the MODE MI-COM.

MAIN PCB
MACS 1.4V

40

PWM

66

CH-1

UNREG
REG.
Q3201

38

PWM

IC3201
POWER
CONTROL

68

CH-2

69

CH-3

74

CH-4

DVDD 1.4V

LPF

SDRAM 2.7V
AVDD 2.7V
DIF 2.7V

REG.
Q3202
LPF

DVDD 2.7V

LPF

AA 2.7V
MICOM 3V

UNREG

LPF

LCD 2.7V
DRUM VM

REG.
Q3203

13

PWM

LPF

UNREG

36

PWM

AVDD 1.4V

UNREG
CAP VM

REG.
Q3204

11

UNREG
IC3203

PWM

75

CH-5

HA 4.7V
9

PWM

76

CH-6
VTR ON

CAM ON

79

UNREG

P 5V
DVDD 3V

REG.
Q3206

HA 3V
7

PWM

AA 4.7V

REG.

REG.
Q3205

77

UNREG

REG.

CH-7

LPF

CAM 3V

LPF

LCD 8.5V
CCD 15V
CCD -7V

Fig. 3

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

3. Built-in Charger Circuit


BATT.
TERNINAL

BATTERY
+

THERMISTOR

MAIN PCB

CN3202
BATT +

4,5

1,2

BATT INFO AD

Q1800 1
DC IN OFF

BATT

UNREG
CN3212
DC JACK
+

DC +

CN3201
DC +

DC J SW

23

CN2101
DC J SW

DETECT

DC PCB

A/D V
DC V DET
BATT INFO

MAIN PCB
PM SECTION

MAIN PCB
MODE MI-COM

DC J DET
A/D I

Q1800 2

CHG-CTL1
CHG-CTL2

FU1800

CHG-CTL3

Q1802

63

33
VCC

44

42

43

52

45

OUTPUT
DRIVE
Q1803

CONTROL
59

60

57

OSC
55

IC3201
POWER
CONTROL

56

Fig. 4

3-1 Outline
The main circuit elements and their functions are as follows.
(1) IC100 : MODE MI-COM
Control of IC3201
Error discrimination and display
Detection and display of charging progress
DC jack input detection
(2) IC 3201 : Charge control IC
Signal amplification for detecting charging current
Charge switch control
Trickle charge switch / quick charge changeover

MAIN PCB
MODE MI-COM

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

3-2 Operation at Charging


3-2-1 Conditions to Start Charging
When the following conditions are satisfied, the MODE MI-COM (IC100) controls the IC 3201 and starts charging.
Conditions
1
2
3
4
5

Detection

Source of detection

Main unit power is turned OFF


DC jack is connected.

MODE MI-COM
MODE MI-COM pin 71

DC JACK

Power supplied from DC jack

DC JACK DET
MODE MI-COM pin 80

DC IN

UNREG voltage is 8.4 0.3 V.

DC V DET
MODE MI-COM pin 87

VTR UNREG.

Battery temperature is within the range of

BATT.AD
MODE MI-COM pin 88

Battery T terminal

-6.8C to 49.3C.

BATT.INFO

Unless the condition in (4) or (5) is met, a charge error appears, and no charging occurs.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

3-2-2 Progress of Charging


By control from MODE MI-COM (IC100), IC3201 starts a trickle charge. Trickle charge (1) lasts until the battery voltage attains 5.2 V,
and trickle charge (2) until 6.5 V. When 6.5 V is attained, a quick charge of 0.672 A starts. Thereafter, the charge current reduces as the
charge proceeds (because, as the charge proceeds, the battery impedance rises). When the charge current lowers to 80 mA, a charge end
appears and, thereafter, a supplementary charge proceeds until the charge current is 40 mA or until 48 minutes elapses, whichever
attained first.

Charging current

LED flashes once

LED flashes twice

LED lights up steadily

Quick charge 0.672A


When battery voltage
reaches 6.5V, quick
charge starts.

0.48A

An error is indicated if the battery voltage becomes 5.7V or lower during quick
charging or constant-voltage charging.
An error is indicated if the battery temperature is not within the range of
10 C to 52.5 C.
Trickle
111mA
80mA
Trickle
40mA

When the battery voltage


reaches 40mA, the trickle
timer (2) is started.
40mA

Trickle1 Trickle2 Quick charge timer Timeout


timer
timer
error
7min.
max

55min.
max

Timeout
error

Timeout
error

162min.max

Total timer
330min.max

2-flash Full charge


timer indication
at timeout

Supplementary charge timer

204min.max

48min.max

Full charge
indication
at timeout

Fig. 5

Elapsed
time

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

4. Signal Processing Circuit


4-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit
Figure 6 shows the entire block diagram of the signal processing circuit and the flow of video and audio signals.

CCD PCB
LENS

IC1070
CCD

MAIN PCB
IC1001
TG/CDS/AGC/AD
V-DRIVER

CVF
LCD

LCD
PCB

MEMORY
CARD
IC1102
SDRAM

IC1103
DIGIC DV

IC1501
EVF/LCD
DRIVE

TG

LI PCB
USB
IC2301
VIC4

JACK PCB

IC2302
SDRAM

LCD

MIN AV
JACK

USB
TERMINAL

DV
TERMINAL

DIF

IC801
AIF4

FR
MICOM

IC2000
VRP2
REC/PB
HEAD

MIC

SPEAKER

Fig. 6

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

4-2 Camera/Card Signal Processing


4-2-1 Camera Motion Picture Recording

64 Mbit SDRAM
IC1102
32 bit

SDRAM IF

CCD
IC1070
18MHz

CDS/
AGC/
AD/TG/
V-DRIVER
IC1001

proc

10bit
18MHz

resize

nr

Deformation,
Drawing
REND

Synthesis
COMP

JPEG
JPEG

CARD IF

Camera signal
processing
GRAB

AIF4
IC801

VIC4
IC2301

FR
MI-COM

Audio
IC1103
DIGIC DV

Fig. 7

4-2-2 Card Still Picture Recording

64 Mbit SDRAM
IC1102
32 bit

SDRAM IF
RAW

CCD
IC1070
18MHz

CDS/
AGC/
AD/TG/
V-DRIVER
IC1001

10bit
18MHz

proc

YCC 1

resize

FR
MI-COM

DMA

YCC 2

Deformation,
Drawing
REND

nr

Camera signal
processing
GRAB

JPEG

AIF4
IC801

Synthesis
COMP

CARD IF

Audio
IC1103
DIGIC DV

USB

Fig. 8

10

VIC4
IC2301

SD
CARD

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

4-2-3 Card Motion Picture Recording

64 Mbit SDRAM
IC1102
32 bit

SDRAM IF
YCC 1

CCD
IC1070
18MHz

CDS/
AGC/
AD/TG/
V-DRIVER
IC1001

proc

resize

FR
MI-COM

YCC 2

Deformation,
Drawing
REND

nr

Camera signal
processing
GRAB

10bit
18MHz

DMA

JPEG

AIF4
IC801

Synthesis
COMP

CARD IF

VIC4
IC2301

SD
CARD

Audio
IC1103
DIGIC DV

Fig. 9
<CCD> IC1070
1/6 inches interlaced CCD
Complementary color filter
Total number of pixels Approx. 680,000
Effective number of pixels Tape : Approx. 340,000 / Card : Approx. 447,000
<CDS/AGC/AD/TG/V-DRIVER> IC1001
A signal read out of the CCD is extracted. Then, after the extracted signal is subjected to AGC processing and A/D conversion, it
is output as a digital signal.
<DIGIC DV> IC1103
This circuit carries out various camera signal processing operations (EIS, AWB, etc.) and digital effect processing. It also performs
multimedia-application signal processing.
Feature engine
High-speed card interface
JPEG
Audio data compression (ADPCM)
USB function
<SDRAM> IC1102
Field memory for camera signal processing and digital effect processing
Image data memory for Memory card write/read operation

11

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

4-3 Recorder Signal Processing

VIC BLOCK

DIF BLOCK

IC2302
SDRAM

SDRAM
INTERFACE

DIF
INTERFACE

DV
TERMINAL

VIDEO
HEAD

A DATA
IC1103
DIGIC B DATA
DV

75
DRIVE

VIDEO
INTERFACE

D/A

A/D

AV JACK
CVF
LCD
LCD

COMPRESSION
/DEMOD.

ECC

BUS

MI-COM. BLOCK
R,G,B
FR MI-COM.

Cache
1K Byte

REC/PB
PROCESS

IC2000
VRP2

AUDIO
INTERFACE

IC801
AIF4

AV
JACK

COprocesser

IC2301
VIC4

Fig. 10

< VIC4 >IC2301


The VIC, MI-COM, DIF INTERFACE and VIDEO INTERFACE circuits are integrated on a single semiconductor chip.
A/B DATA : Input in camera mode. B DATA is output and A DATA is input at playback. (DIGIC DV digital effect circuit is
used at playback.)
The video data and signals input to VIC4 are subjected to digital VCR format signal processing. Audio data,
subcode data and ITI data are also created at VIC4, and these signals are output to VRP2 as 41.85 Mbps data of
DV format.
DIF

: After conversion to digital data conforming to IEEE1394 standard, the data is output at DV terminal. At digital
input, the data enters VIC4 signal processing circuit via the opposite route.

< VRP2 >IC2000


Recording data of 41.85 Mbps output from VIC4 is amplified at VRP2, and is recorded on magnetic tape while undergoing head
switching of CH-1, CH-2 with a switching pulse. At playback, the head output signal is amplified and sent to VIC4.

12

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

4-4 Audio Signal Flow

MIC

IC2301
VIC4

IC1103
DIGIC DV

MEM IF

CARD IF

SDRAM

CARD

IC2000
VRP2
REC/
PB
HEAD

AV
JACK

IC801
AIF4

Serial
SPEAKER
DRIVER

FR
MI-COM.

BEEP

SPEAKER

Fig. 11
< AIF >IC801
Out ALC (Auto Level Control), fading, and amplification of various output signals. For the beep tone issued at ejection, etc., the
signal from the FR MI-COM is generated in the circuit and changed over in the AIF.
The microphone amplifier, HPF, ALC, A/D, D/A, and digital I/F, SPEAKER DRIVER with ALC circuits are contained in this IC.
It is also used for changeover between ordinary voice sound and beep sound.
< VIC4 >
The following processing operations are carried out for reducing noise from the DMC mechanism.
Noise cancellation based on correlation of V-cycle noise components.
Noise component reduction by means of trapping.
< Automatic wind noise cutting>
For efficient reduction of wind noise, the cutoff frequency of the wind noise cutting HPF circuit is regulated according to the
current level of wind noise.

AIF4

MIC
IN

(L)

HPF

(R)

HPF

150Hz

DIGIC
DV

VIC4
L+R

HPF

WIND
DETECT
(L R)

600Hz

FR
MI-COM.

Fig. 12

13

40Hz

3kHz

LR

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

5. System Control, Servo


5-1 Outline of System Control, Servo
Figure 13 shows the overall configuration of the system control & servo circuit, plus the flow of data. System control is performed
by the FR MI-COM (IC2301) and MODE MI-COM (IC100) on MAIN PCB.

REMOTE
CONTROL
FPC ASS'Y

MAIN PCB
IC3201
DC/DC
CONVERTER

DRUM

D-VS
C-VS

DRUM
DRIVER

FG/PG
REMOTE CONTROL
SIGNAL RECEIVER

PWM C

PWM D

CAPSTAN
DFG/PG

R KEY2 PCB

VIC

CFG

CAPSTAN

DRIVER

FG
IC301
MOTOR
DRIVER

R KEY2
IC2301
VIC4

DMC III
LOADING

LOADING
DRIVER

R KEY1 FPC
R KEY1

IC2000
VRP2
FR
MI-COM

OPERATION
KEY UNIT

HEAD
IC2300
FLASH

ZOOM SW
IC801
AIF4
TAPE/CARD
SW

MODE SW
C.DOWN SW
BOT/EOT
SENS.
DEW
REEL FG

MIC
IC1501
EVF/LCD
DRIVER

START/STOP
SW

IC100
MODE
MI-COM

PHOTO SW

LCD PANEL

POWER SW

JACK PCB

IC1001
TG/CDS
AGC/AD
V-DRIVER

EJECT SW

LI PCB
DIAL SW

IRIS DRIVE

LENS

IC1200
LENS
DRIVER

MOTOR DRIVE

SELECT SW

MENU SW

IC1103
DIGIC DV

Fig. 13

14

MEMORY
CARD

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

5-2 Major Functions of Each MI-COM


(1) FR MI-COM (IC2301 : VIC4)
The FR MI-COM, as the nucleus of the system, carries out control of mode transition plus mechanism control through communication with MODE MI-COM. It also detects of various sensors and switches (DMCIII). Following are the major functions.
VIC (Video) control / AIF4 (Audio Interface) controls
Control in accordance with IEEE1394
USB interface control
AUDIO control
DMC III mechanism control
DIGIC DV control
Card control
CCD drive control
AE, AF, AWB control
EIS (Electric Image Stabilizer) control
OSD (On Screen Display) bitmap control
PRINTER control
* The FR MI-COM in this machine does not have a dedicated EEPROM. Since a flash ROM is used for the FR
MI-COM as a substitute for the EEPROM, it is required to update the flash ROM after adjustment and data
modification regarding the FR MI-COM.
(2) MODE MI-COM (IC100)
The MODE MI-COM is mainly in charge of the power-on sequence and charging control. Following are the major functions.
Key input
LCD / EVF control
Remote control input
Power ON/OFF control
Built-in charge circuit control
MIC (Memory In Cassette) control
* The MODE MI-COM in this machine does not have a dedicated EEPROM. Since a flash ROM is used for the
FR MI-COM as a substitute for the EEPROM, it is required to update the flash ROM after adjustment and data
modification regarding the FR MI-COM.

15

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

5-3 Servo Control


Servo control is carried out by the VIC4 (VIC and FR MI-COM). The FR MI-COM is used for servo control of motor ON/OFF and
rotational direction, and the VIC is used to output rotational speed and phase control signals. More specifically in terms of signal
flow, the VIC detects the FG/PG and PB-RF signals from the motor, and sends the detected signal information to the FR MI-COM.
Then, the FR MI-COM generates an error signal to be output to the VIC. Thereafter, the VIC outputs an error signal (PWM), which
is driven on the MAIN PCB for sending a control voltage to the motor driver IC.

DC/DC
CONVERTER
CAP VS

CAP VM

DRUM VS

DRUM VM

DMC III

LOAD ON/
UNLOAD FR
DERR
VIC4

LOAD+/LOADU/V/W

IC301
MO DRIVE

Ucoil/Vcoil/Wcoil

CERR

LOADING MOTOR
DRUM MOTOR
CAPSTAN MOTOR

CFG2

DA CFG

DA S REEL

S REEL Hall SENSOR

DA T REEL

T REEL Hall SENSOR

Fig. 14

16

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

5-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode (USB)

IC1101
SDRAM

IC1070
CCD

IC1001
TG/CDS
AGC/AD/
V-DRIVER

Signal flow of (in)


Card camera mode

IC1103
DIGIC DV
Still Picture
Signal
Processing

FR
MI-COM

MEMORY
CARD

USB
CONTROLER

USB
TERMINAL

Signal flow of (in)


Personal computer
connection mode

Fig. 15
In the card camera mode, an image signal produced in the camera section is sent to the memory card via the DIGIC DV. In the
personal computer connection mode, the USB terminal and the memory card are connected through the USB controller.
The FR MI-COM performs control of changeover between the card camera mode and the personal computer connection mode.

17

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

5-5 Error Detection


If an abnormality has been occurred in any rotation drive system (drum, capstan, reel, loading), a relevant mode enters. The LCD
indicates PLEASE UNLOAD THE CASSETTE and blinks EJECT.

5-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions


The following table gives error detecting conditions.
Kind
Drum error

Condition

Detection

Error detecting mode

Starting / steady

D-FG

FG frequency when steady

900Hz

Error detecting level

Starting: Beyond 80-150%.


Steady : 30% max.

Error detecting time

Starting : 5sec.

Error detecting mode

Starting / steady

FG frequency when steady

1347Hz

Error detecting level

Starting : 80% max.

Steady : 0.6sec.
Capstan error

C-FG

Steady : 60Hz max.


Error detecting time

Starting : 2sec.
Steady : 2sec.

Reel error

Error detecting mode


Error detection

Starting / Normal / UNLOAD

T, S-REEL FG

Normally : The C-FG count per reel FG cycle is

C-FG

Starting : M ore than 3296


Steady : M ore than 2256
UNLOAD : Reel FG cycle is 1 sec or more
(Take-up reel only for both)
Loading error

Error detecting mode

M ode transfer

Error detection

M ode transfer time

M ode SW

STANDBY-STOP : 6sec
STANDBY-POPUP : 3sec
STOP-PLAY : 3sec

5-5-2 Processing after Error Detection


The following table gives processing after error detection.
Pop up

: Error displayerror eject pop up error clear

Error stop

: Error displaySTOP position (not cleared unless EJECTED)


Cassette in

Loading

During
loading

Loading
completed

During tape
running

During mode

Drum error

Pop up

Pop up

Error stop

Error stop

Error stop

Error stop

Capstan error

Pop up

-------

Error stop

Error stop

Error stop

Error stop

Reel error

-------

-------

Error stop

Error stop

Error stop

Error stop

Loading error

Pop up

Pop up

Error stop

Error stop

-------

Error stop

18

DISASSEMBLING
CONTENTS
1. Disassembling and Reassembling
Notes
List of Supplies
1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1-2 Separation of Top Cover ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1-3 Separation of R-LCD Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
1-4 Separation of Front Cover Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1-5 Separation of Rear/CVF Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
1-6 Separation of JACK PCB --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
1-7 Separation of Left Cover Unit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
1-8 Separation of Camera Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10
1-9 Separation of MAIN PCB ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
1-10 Separation of Recorder Holder ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
1-11 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit - 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13
1-12 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit - 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14
1-13 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit - 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15
1-14 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit - 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17
1-15 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit - 3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18
1-16 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19
1-17 Disassembly of LCD Unit - 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21
1-18 Disassembly of LCD Unit - 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23
1-19 Disassembly of LCD Hinge Unit - 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24
1-20 Disassembly of LCD Hinge Unit - 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25
1-21 Disassembly of CVF Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26
1-22 Disassembly of Rear Cover Unit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27
1-23 Disassembly of CVF Unit - 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28
1-24 Disassembly of CVF Unit - 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30
1-25 Disassembly of CVF Unit - 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32
1-26 Disassembly of Camera Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33
1-27 Disassembly of Lens Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35
1-28 List of Screws Used ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 36
1-29 List of Disassembly Photos ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1. Disassembling and Reassembling - (1)


Notes
(1) When replacing the flat cable with a new one, allow it to remain folded the same as the original part.
(2) The flat cable has a contact orientation to be engaged with the connector. Refer to the instructions in the disassembly procedure
diagram and interconnection diagram for boards.
Lateral engaging connector
( The instructions are given in the disassembly proce-

Lengthwise engaging connector


( The instructions are given in the disassembly proce-

dure diagram and board interconnection diagram.)


: Contacts are positioned downward. (board side)

dure diagram and board interconnection diagram.)


Indicated by Arrowheads indicate the contacts, and the

: Contacts are positioned upward.

shafts indicate the noncontacts.

Metal contact (Pins' face down)

Metal contact

Metal contact (Pins' face up)

Metal contact

(3) To secure screws, apply the Three Bond 1401C (CY9-8011-000)


(4) If any part to be replaced has UL tape attached on it, be sure to reattach UL tape at the same position in reassembling.
(5) Use the new type connector (MAIN PCB CN102, CN1200) as illustrated.

FPC

FPC
Metal
contact

Metal
contact

Lock

Unlock

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1. Disassembling and Reassembling - (2)


List of Supplies
Item Name
Grease FLOIL C-1Z

Item Number

Purpose

Remarks

DY9-3039-000 Lubrication

DMC III

Grease FLOIL 948P

DY9-3051-000 Lubrication

DMC III

Hanarl KS-39M

DY9-3053-000 Lubrication

Cover

Hanarl KS-50M

DY9-3047-000 Lubrication

DMC III

Dia Bond No. 1663G

CY9-8129-000 Adhesive

Sponge (W H T : 300mm 200mm 6mm)

DY9-4001-000 General-purpose vibration isolating


/sound absorbing material

Adhesive T ape, No.354E

DY9-3032-000 General-purpose adhesive tape

(W L T : 9mm 50m 0.15mm, UL type)


Adhesive T ape, No. 501F

DY9-3034-000 General-purpose

(W L T : 10mm 50m 0.16mm, UL type)


Sheet, Shield (W H : 250mm 250mm)

double-side-coated adhesive tape


DY9-3036-000 General-purpose shield material

LCD

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart


(1) Find the replacement part on the chart, and disassemble it following the instruction on chart.
(2) Reassembling can be made by reversing the disassembling procedures.
: MAIN FLOW

START

: SUB FLOW
1-3 R-LCD Unit

1-13 R Key2 PCB

: MAIN UNIT

1-14 Speaker

1-15 Right Cover Unit

1-16 R Key1 FPC Ass'y

1-15 LCD Unit

1-17 LCD Hinge Unit

1-18 LCD Ass'y


1-18 Backlight Ass'y

1-4 Front Cover Unit

1-18 LCD PCB

1-5 Rear / CVF Unit

1-21 Rear Unit

1-22 LI PCB

1-22 DC PCB
1-6 Jack PCB

1-21 CVF Unit

1-25 CVF Ass'y

1-25 CVF PCB

1-7 Left Cover Unit

1-12 Operation Key Ass'y

1-8 Camera / Recorder Unit

1-9 Recorder Unit

1-9 Main PCB


1-10 DMC lll

1-8 Camera Unit

1-26 CCD PCB

1-26 CCD Ass'y


1-27 Lens Ass'y

END

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-2 Separation of Top Cover


(1) Prepare a plastic plate such as shown in the figure below. Inset the Plastic Plate into the gap part A between the Main Unit and the
Top Badge, and lift it up for removal.
(2) Remove one screw (a 1). To detach the Top Cover, slide it in the arrow direction while releasing the claw B.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When mounting the Top Cover, insert the part C, slide it in the arrow direction, and push in the claw part B.
(2) When mounting the Top Badge, insert the part D and push it in the arrow direction.
Note : *Only for products sold soon after put on market first, double sided tape is attached on the TOP BADGE
mounting section. (See figure below.)
*Attach double sided tape as illustrated below if a symptom the TOP BADGE gets loose is pointed out, even
if they are not on products sold soon after put on market first.
<Instruction for Supply>
Top Cover : Adhesive Tape, No.501F (DY9-3034-000)

(1)
Top Badge

Plastic Plate

(2) - a
Insert

(1)

Claws B
Top Cover

Part A
(2)

Note
Reference for
attachment : 0.5 mm

Reference for
attachment :
0.5 mm

Double
Sided Tape
(1.5 12mm)

Do not mount the TOP BADGE at a status


riding over the section .
Tape wrinkles, twists, folds, etc. are not
allowed.

a
3mm
Metal
M1.7

Note on Reassembling (1)

Note on Reassembling (2)

Push in
Claw B

Part D

Part C

Push in

Top Cover
Top Badge

Fig. 1

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-3 Separation of R-LCD Unit


(1) Open the LCD Unit and the Cassette Cover. Then, remove seven screws (a 3, b 2, c 1, d 1).
(2) Disconnect the CN102, and detach the R-LCD Unit.

CN102
(1) - a
(1) - d

(1) - a

(2)

(1)
Cassette
Cover
(1) - b

(1) - b
(1) - a

(1)

(1) - c
LCD

a
Metal
M1.7

(1) - c

b
3mm

R-LCD Unit

c
4mm

4.5mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Metal
M1.7

5.5mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Fig. 2

(1) - a

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-4 Separation of Front Cover Unit


(1) Disconnect the CN2 (MV850i E,830i E,830 E Only) and CN701.
(2) Open the Cassette Cover, remove two screws (a 1, e 1), and detach the Front Cover Unit while lifting up the part A with
tweezers.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Mount the Front Cover Unit as shown in the figure below.

Part A

Tweezers

Lift up

Front Cover Unit

(2)
(1)

(1)

CN2
CN701
(2) - a
(2)
Note on Reassembling (1)
Front Cover Unit

Insert into the


Left Cover Unit.

e
3mm

Open

(2) - e

Metal
M1.7

5mm
Metal
M1.7

Fig. 3

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-5 Separation of Rear/CVF Unit


(1) Detach the LI Cover.
(2) Draw out the CVF Inner part, and remove three screws (a 1, d 2).
(3) Disconnect the CN100, CN1501, CN3201 and CN3202. Then, detach the Rear/CVF Unit.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When mounting the Rear/CVF Unit, connect the CN100, CN3201 and CN3202. Then, with the Rear/CVF Unit tilted, attach the
part A and push in the part B while taking care not to damage the FPC and cable. (Dont insert a cable with a Left Cover and a Reae
Cover.)

d
3mm

Metal
M1.7

CN1501

5.5mm

Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

(2) - d

(2) - d
A

CN3202

(3)

(2) - d

(2) - a
CN100

(2)
B

(3)

CN3201
(3)
(3)
(3)

Note on Reassembling (1)


Part B

Part
CVF Inner
(1)

Rear/CVF Unit
Rear/CVF
Unit
LI Cover

(2) - a

Part A

Fig. 4

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-6 Separation of JACK PCB


Note : Before mounting or removal of the JACK PCB, be sure to close the Cassette Cover so as not to damage SW1.
(1) Remove two screws (a 2), disconnect the CN2101, and detach the JACK PCB.
(2) Disconnect the CN1, and remove the JACK-MAIN FPC from the JACK PCB.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Mount the JACK-MAIN FPC in the orientation indicated in the figure below.

Note on Reassembling (1)

To MAIN PCB
CN2101

To JACK PCB
CN1

SW 1
(1)

JACK PCB

(1)

(2)

CN2101

(1) - a
CN1

3mm

JACK-MAIN FPC
Metal
M1.7
Fig. 5

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-7 Separation of Left Cover Unit


(1) Disconnect the CN101, peel off the Operation Key FPC Tape.
Note : Secure the FPC of the Operation Key Assy to the Main Holder with Opreration Key FPC Tape (4 10mm).
(MV850i E,830i E,830 E only)
(2) Remove two screws (a 2), and detach the Left Cover Unit.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When mounting the Left Cover Unit, insert the part A of the Cassette Arm Unit into the underside of the Main Holder.
(2) Attach the Operation Key FPC Tape to the position indicated in the figure below.(MV850i E,830i E,830 E only)

Left Cover Unit

(2) - a
OPERATION
KEY FPC Tape

(1)
CN101
(2)

(2) - a
3mm

Metal
M1.7

(2) - a

Note on Reassembling (2)


Note on Reassembling (1)

MV850i E, 830i E,
830 E only

OPERATION
KEY FPC Tape
(4 10mm)

CN101

Reference for
attachment
: 0.5mm

Part A

Fig. 6

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-8 Separation of Camera Unit


(1) Remove two screws (f 2), disconnect the CN1001 and CN1200, and then detach the Camera Unit.

Camera Unit

(1) - f
(1)

(1)

(1) - f

f
4.5mm
Metal
M1.7
Stepped Screw

CN1200
CN1001

Fig. 7

10

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-9 Separation of MAIN PCB


(1) Peel off the UL tape, and detach the CCD Shield.
(2) Remove two screws (a 2), and disconnect the CN300, CN301, CN302, CN303 and CN2000. Then, detach the MAIN PCB.
(3) Remove the HA Shield and PM Shield from the MAIN PCB.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Attach the UL tape to the position indicated in the figure below. When using UL tape supplied as a service part (DY9-3032-000, 9
mm wide), attach two UL tape strips as instructed in the figure below.

UL Tape (15 20mm)


CCD Shield
(1)

(1)

CN303

CN302

3mm

(3)

CN300

Metal
M1.7

HA Shield
CN301

CN2000
(2)

MAIN PCB

(2) - a
(3)

Attach upon folding


the Drum FPC.
It bends so that end of a holder
may not be contacted.

PM Shield
Note on Reassembling (1)
Use the UL tape supplied as
a service part
(DY9-3032-000, 9 mm wide)

No contact of CCD FPC and CCD SHIELD.


No float of Drum FPC.

UL Tape
(15 20mm)

20

9
9
15

Reference for
attachment : 1mm
Fig. 8

11

Reference for
attachment : 1mm

CCD Shield

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-10 Separation of Recorder Holder


(1) Remove three screws (g 3), and then detach the Spring, Recorder Holder, and Insulation Rubber.
(2) Detach the Lens Absorber and Sheet from the Recorder Holder.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Attach the Sheet to the position indicated in the figure below.
(2) Mount the Spring to the position indicated in the figure below.
(3) Attach the UL tape to the position indicated in the figure below.
<Instruction for Supply>
Entire surface of Insulation Rubber: Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)
Entire surface of Lens Absorber : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)

Lens Absorber
(2)
Sheet
(2)

(2)
Insulation Rubber
Spring
(1)

DMC III
(1) - g

Insulation Rubber
(1) - g

Recorder Holder

3.4mm
Metal
M1.4
Stepped Screw

Insulation Rubber
Instruction for Supply

(1) - g

Insulation Rubber
Note on Reassembling
(1)
Sheet

Note on Reassembling
(2)

UL Tape
(9 25mm)

Lens Absorber

Hanarl KS-39M

Note on Reassembling (3)


Loading Motor

Conceal the holes


for screws

Spring
Fig. 9

12

Reference for
attachment

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-11 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit - 1


Note : In component sales supply, the Left Cover Unit and the Operation key Ass'y are available.
(Refer to the parts list on p. 4.)
(1) Remove the Strap, and open the Cassette Arm to a small extent.
(2) Remove four screws (h 4), and detach the Cassette Cover while sliding the claw A downward.
(3) Remove six screws (b 6), and detach the Cassette Arm Ass'y and the JACK Cover.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When mounting the Cassette Arm, take care not to pinch the flexible cable of the Operation Key Ass'y.
(2) Attach the JACK Cover as shown in the figure below.
(3) When mounting the Cassette Cover, engage the claw A with the dowels B with the Cassette Arm open. Then, secure the Cassette
Cover with the screws.

Cassette Cover
Strap

(2) - h
Claw A

(2)
Operation Key Ass'y FPC
Dowels B

(2) - h
(3)

JACK Cover

(3) - b
(3)

(2) - h

Note on Reassembling (2)


(3) - b

JACK Cover

Cassette Arm Ass'y

Insert

h
4.5mm

Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Cassette Arm Ass'y

Fig. 10

13

2mm
Metal
M1.7

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-12 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit - 2


Note : In component sales supply, the Left Cover Unit and the Operation key Ass'y are available.
(Refer to the parts list on P.4.)
(1) Remove three screws (b 3), and detach the Operation Key Ass'y.
(2) Remove the Shaft, and detach the Hand Strap.

Hand Strap

(2)

Operation Key Ass'y


(1)

(1) - b

Shaft

Left Cover

b
4.5mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Fig. 11

14

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-13 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit - 1


(1) Desolder at four points ().
(2) Remove three screws (i 2, j 1), disconnect the CN100 and CN103, and then detach the R Key 2 PCB.
(3) Detach the UL tape and CN101 from the R Key 2 PCB, and then remove the R Key 2 FPC.

(1)
Solder

LCD FPC Ass'y

Solder

CN100
B

CN103
(2)
(2)
(2)
(3)

(2) - i

(2) - i
CN101
(2) - j

R Key2 PCB
(3)

R Key2 FPC

j
2.5mm

4mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

UL Tape
(9 25mm)
Fig. 12

15

Metal
M1.7

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Insert the R Key 2 FPC into the CN101. Then, fold the R Key 2 FPC, and secure it with the UL tape (9 25) so that it will not be
unseated.
(2) When mounting the R Key 2 PCB, fold the top end part of the LCD FPC Ass'y as shown in the figure below and engage it with the
dowel A securely. Insert the folded part under the R Key 1 PCB.
(3) Be sure to insert the flexible cable into the CN103.
(4) In the wiring arrangement of the Open Switch and Speaker, run the red-white wire under the rib B so as to hold down the blackyellow wire.

Note on Reassembling (1)

Note on Reassembling (2)

UL Tape (9 25mm)

Attach away from the


mark

Dowels A

LCD FPC Ass'y

CN101

Bend
R Key 2 FPC

To CN101
MAIN PCB

DH2-5316-000

Insert

R-KEY

Note on Reassembling (4)


Lib B

CN100
Black

Open Switch
R Key2 PCB

Yellow
White

Speaker

Red

Fig. 13

16

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-14 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit - 2


(1) Open the LCD, remove one screw (c 1), and then detach the Blindfold Cover.
(2) Remove three screws (d 2, k 1), and then detach the Cassette Lock Ass'y, Tripod Base, UL Tape, and Speaker.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Combine the Tripod Base with the Cassette Lock Ass'y. When mounting the Cassette Lock Ass'y, slide it to a small extent so that
the Open Eject Knob is engaged with its cutout part.
(2) Attach the UL tape to the position indicated in the figure below.

LCD Unit

(1) - c
(1)

(1)

Speaker

Blindfold Cover

UL Tape
(9 23mm)
(2)

(2) - d

(2)
(2) - k

(2)

d
4mm

Metal
M1.7

(2) - d

5.5mm

Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Tripod Base
2.5mm

Metal
M1.7

Cassette Lock Ass'y


Note on Reassembling (2)

Note on Reassembling (1)

Section bent downward


must not touch the Tripod
Base.

Cassette Lock
Ass'y

Tripod Base

C Eject Knob
Notch

Attach UL Tape (9 23mm)


avoiding twist and wrinkle.
Must not touch
soldering.

After mounting Cassette Lock


Ass'y, 2 half punched-out
sections of Cassette Lock will
press the UL Tape attached
section to fasten Speaker.
Reference for
It should not be movable nor
attachment : 0.5
rotatable.
Attach according to profile of positioning rib of Speaker.
Fig. 14

17

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-15 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit - 3


(1) Disengage the claws A, and detach the Open Switch.
Note : Take care not to damage the lever part of the Open Switch.
(2) Remove one screw (d 1), and detach the RH Cover and LCD Unit.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Mount the RH Cover by running the LCD FPC Ass'y through the part B as shown in the figure below.
(2) When mounting the Open Switch, engage the claws A with the LCD Unit open.

Note

LCD Unit

Right Cover Unit

Lever parts of Switch

(2)
RH Cover
(2) - d
(2)

Claw A

(1)
5.5mm

Claw A

Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Open Switch

Note on Reassembling (1)

Note on Reassembling (2)

Claws A

RH Cover
Open Switch

Part B
LCD FPC Ass'y
Fig. 15

18

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-16 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit


(1) Open the Card Cover, and detach the Card Cover and the Shaft.
(2) Remove three screws (i 3), and then detach the R Key 1 FPC Holder and the R Key 1 FPC Ass'y.
(3) Remove two screws (i 2), and then detach the Panel Lock Holder, Spring and Panel Hook.
Note : Take care not to lose the Spring.
(4) Disengage the claw A, and detach the C Eject Knob.
(5) Remove the RD Key Knob.
<Instruction for Supply>
Panel Hook : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)

R Key1 FPC Ass'y

R Key1 FPC Holder

Card Cover

(2)
(2) - i
(1)
(5)
Claw A

RD Key Knob

(4)

(1)

Panel Hook
(3)
C Eject Knob

Shaft
Instruction for Supply

Spring

(3) - i

Panel Look Holder

i
4mm

Panel Hook

Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Hanarl KS-39M
Fig. 16

19

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Mount the C Eject Knob in the orientation indicated in the figure below.
(2) After mounting the Panel Hook and the Panel Lock Holder, push in the Spring as shown in the figure below.
(3) Before using the R Key 1 FPC Ass'y supplied as a service part, allow it to fold at the position shown in the figure below. When
mounting it, be sure to engage the dowel B.
(4) After attaching the Card Cover, be sure to close it.

Note on Reassembling (1)

Note on Reassembling (3)

Dowel B

Dowel B

C Eject Knob
Note on Reassembling (2)

Dowels B

Spring
Folding in a crest form

Panel Lock Holder

Fig. 17

20

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-17 Disassembly of LCD Unit - 1


(1) Remove two screws (l 2), and disengage the claws A, B, C, D, E and F (6 positions). Then, detach the LCD Top Cover.
Note : When detaching the LCD Top Cover, disengage the claws A and B and then slide it in the claw-E/F direction.
Since the claws are hard, take care not to flaw the Cover.
(2) Disconnect the CN901 and CN902, and then detach the LCD Hinge Unit.
(3) Detach the LCD Bottom Cover and the LCD Cover Sheet.

LCD Bottom Cover


LCD Hinge Unit
LCD Cover Sheet
(3)

(2)

(1) - l
Claw A

CN901
CN902

Claw C
(2)

(1) - l

(3)

Claw E
(1)
Claw B
Claw F

l
3.5mm

Claw D
Metal
M1.7

LCD Top Cover


Fig. 18

21

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Attach the LCD Cover Sheet as shown in the figure below.
(2) Run the cable of the Back Light Ass'y through the groove of the rib G of the LCD Bottom Cover.
(3) Attach the LCD Top Cover as shown in the figure below.

Note on Reassembling (1)


Positioning over the step is allowed
unless the screw hole is covered. Center positioning with respect to
LCD Bottom Cover
the
cutout
part
of
the
LDC
Holder
Butt-joined to rib
LCD Bottom
Butt-joined to rib
LCD Holder
Cover the cutout part completely.
Cover

LCD Holder
Clearance from the bottom plane
for the LCD Bottom Cover : 1.5 mm or less

Clearance from the bottom plane


for the LCD Bottom Cover : 1.5 mm or less

LCD Bottom Cover

Note on Reassembling (2)


LCD Bottom Cover

Note on Reassembling (3)


Claw B

Push in the LCD Top Cover.


LCD Top Cover

Claw D

Lib G

Claw A

Claw F
Claw C
Claw E

LCD PCB

Cable

Engage the claws E and F, and then push in the LCD


Top Cover in such a manner as to engage the claws C
and D and the claws A and B in succession.
Fig. 19

22

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-18 Disassembly of LCD Unit - 2


(1) Remove one screw (l 1), and desolder at two points (). Then, from the LCD Holder, detach the LCD PCB, Back Light Ass'y, and
LCD Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Treat the cable of the Back Light Ass'y as shown in the figure below. After soldering, be sure to secure the cable with adhesive.
<Instruction for Supply>
Back Light Ass'y : Dia Bond 1663G (CY9-8129-000)

LCD Holder
LCD Ass'y

Back Light Ass'y

LCD PCB

(1) -

(1)

l
3.5mm

(1) -

Metal
M1.7

(1) - l

Note on Reassembling (1)


Solder
Instruction for Supply
(Soldering height : 1.05 mm or less)

Use your fingers when folding


the Dumet wire of the
Back Light Ass'y.
(Do not use such a tool as
long-not pliers or tweezers.)

Solder
(Soldering height :
1.05 mm or less)

Fig. 20

23

Dia Bond

Cable

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-19 Disassembly of LCD Hinge Unit - 1


(1) Turn the Hinge Bracket through an angle of 90, and remove two screws (k 2).
(2) Disengage the claws A, and detach the Hinge Top Cover and the Hinge Bottom Cover.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When attaching the Hinge Bottom Cover, run the LCD FPC over the rib as shown in the figure below.

Hinge Bottom Cover


LCD FPC Ass'y
Claws A

(2)

Hinge Top Cover


(1)
Hinge Bracket

(2)

(1) - k

Note on Reassembling (1)


2.5mm

Metal
M1.7

LCD Bottom Cover

Rib
LCD FPC Ass'y

Fig. 21

24

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-20 Disassembly of LCD Hinge Unit - 2


(1) Remove one screw (k 1), and detach the LCD FPC Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When using the LCD FPC Ass'y supplied as a service part, put "1" and "2", "3" and "4", and "5" and "6" on each other in a paired
form ("2", "4", and "6" shall be at the upper positions), and secure them with double sided tape on the FPC. Then, fold the FPC at
"7" and "8", and secure them with the double sided tape on the FPC.
(2) Wind the LCD FPC Ass'y 2 and 1/2 turns at the illustrated status, and fasten the Switch section by screws. The FPC must not be
wound on other then the switch section.
<Instruction for Supply>
(1) LCD FPC Assy winding section : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3047-000)

Instruction for Supply

2.5mm

(1) - k

Metal
M1.7

LCD FPC Ass'y


Hanarl
KS-39M

(1)

Note on Reassembling (1)


Double Sided Tape

LCD FPC Ass'y


Double Sided Tape
9

Double Sided Tape


6

Double Sided Tape

3
4
2

Double Sided Tape (Back side)


Note on Reassembling (2)

Folding in a
crest form
Folding in a
trough form

Do not involve flexible cable when


tightening by screws.

Switch section

Wind 2 1/2 turns


Fig. 22

25

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-21 Disassembly of CVF Unit


Note : After separating the CVF Inner part of the CVF Unit from the Rear Cover Unit, do not draw it out excessively as
shown in the figure below. Otherwise, the connector or flexible cable may be damaged.
(1) Remove one screw (b 1), and detach the Rear Cover Unit from the CVF Unit.

CVF Unit

(1) - b

Rear Cover Unit

b
(1)

4.5mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Note
CVF Unit

CVF Inner Section

Drawable until locking


is made with a click

Fig. 23

26

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-22 Disassembly of Rear Cover Unit


Note : In component sales supply, the Rear Cover Unit, LI PCB and DC PCB are available.
(Refer to the parts list on P.12.)
(1) Disengage the claw A, and remove the P-Mode Knob.
(2) Remove two screws (b 2), disconnect the CN11, and detach the LI PCB, LI-MAIN FPC, SD Card Sheet.
Note : The shape of the LI-MAIN FPC (8 pins) of models not provided with memory card slots is slightly different from
that illustrated below.
(3) Remove one screw (b 1), and detach the DC PCB.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Treat the DC Cable and the Battery Terminal Cable as shown in the figure below.
(2) Attach the SD Card Sheet to the position indicated in the figure below. (MV850i E,830i E,830 E only)
(3) Mount the P-Mode Knob in the orientation indicated in the figure below.

Note on Reassembling (3)


LI PCB
P-Mode Knob

Rear Cover
(2)
P-Mode Knob

LI-MAIN FPC
(2) - b

(1)

(2)

Claw A

MV850i E, 830i E,
830 E only
(3)

(2)

b
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

DC PCB

CN11

4.5mm

SD Card Sheet

(2) - b

Note on Reassembling (1)


Insert between the ribs.

LI PCB

Note on Reassembling (2)

(3) - b

MV850i E, 830i E,
830 E only

SD Card Sheet
Run under the rib.
Reference for
attachment :
+1.0 mm

Batt Terminal
Cable

DC Cable

Insert between the ribs.

LI MAIN-FPC

27

Reference for
attachment : +1.0 mm

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-23 Disassembly of CVF Unit - 1


(1) Peel off the UL tape, and draw out the CVF FPC from the parts A and B.
(2) Draw out the CVF Inner part, and disconnect the CN4101. Detach the CVF FPC from the part C.
(3) Remove one screw (i 1), and detach the Click Spring.
(4) Detach the Dust Cover (secured with double sided tape).
(5) Peel off the CVF CU tape.

CVF Inner Part


CVF FPC
Part C
Part B

(2)

Part A

CVF CU Tape
(12 24mm)

(4)
CN4101
Dust Cover

(5)

(2)

CVF Cover

(1)

UL Tape (9 25mm)
(3)

i
4mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Click Spring
(3) - i
Fig. 25

28

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Attach the CVF FPC as shown in the figure below.
(2) Attach the CVF CU tape to the position indicated in the figure below.
<Instruction for Supply>
Rail part of CVF Cover, 10 points : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)

Note on Reassembling (1)


CN4101

UL Tape (9 25mm)
Attachment

Push in

CVF FPC
Insert
Insert

Instruction for Supply

Note on Reassembling (2)


Reference for attachment :
1mm

A hole is not
plugged up.

Sliding parts of rail


Hanarl : KS-39M

Fig. 26

29

Reference for
attachment :
1mm

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-24 Disassembly of CVF Unit - 2


(1) Remove one screw (i 1), and then detach the CVF Gap Cover and the CVF Inner Eyecup.
Note : When detaching the CVF Inner Eyecup, turn up the part A.
(2) Detach the Diopter Knob, Absorber, and CVF Lens Holder.
(3) Disengage two claws B, and demount the Eyepiece Lens.

(1) - i
CVF Gap Cover

(1)
Absorber

Diopter Knob

(2)
Claws B
A
(1)
(2)
CVF Inner Eyecup
(3)

(2)

Eyepiece Lens

CVF Lens Holder

CVF Inner section

4mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Fig. 27

30

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When mounting the Lens of the CVF Lens Holder, be careful not to mistake the orientation of the lens.
(2) When mounting the Diopter Knob, engage the dowel of the CVF Lens Holder as shown in the figure below.
(3) Mount the CVF Inner Eyecup onto the CVF Inner part as shown in the figure below.
<Instruction for Supply>
Upper surface of Rubber : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)

Note on Reassembling (1)

Note on Reassembling (2)


Diopter Knob

CVF Lens Holder

Instruction for Supply


Upper surface of Rubber

Hanarl : KS-39M

CVF Inner section

Eyepiece Lens
CVF Lens Holder

Note on Reassembling (3)


CVF Inner Eyecup

CVF Inner Eyecup

Rib C

CVF Inner section

Claw D

Insert the claw D first,


and then attach the rib part C.

Fig. 28

31

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-25 Disassembly of CVF Unit - 3


(1) Disengage four claws A, and then detach the part between the CVF PCB and CVF Mask inclusive.
(2) Disengage two claws B, and then detach the CVF Reflector from the CVF PCB.
(3) Disconnect the CN4102, and detach the CVF Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Run the flexible cable of the CVF Ass'y under the rib of the CVF Inner Cover as shown in the figure below.
<Instruction for Supply>
Sliding rail part in the inside of CVF Inner Cover, 8 points : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)

Claws A

Claws A

CVF Inner Cover


Plate Mask
CN4102
CVF Ass'y
Cushion

(3)

(1)
Diffuser
(2)
CVF Reflector

Claws B
CVF PCB

Note on Reassembling (1)

Instruction for Supply


Area of sliding rail part
Hanarl : KS-39M
Sliding rail part
Hanarl : KS-39M

Sliding rail part


Hanarl : KS-39M

Fig. 29

32

Rib

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-26 Disassembly of Camera Unit


(1) Peel off the CCD FPC tape and UL tape.
(2) Detach the Lens Rubber.
(3) Disconnect the CN1070, remove two screws (d 2), and then detach the CCD FPC, CCD FPC tape, CCD PCB, CD Assy, Rubber,
and IR Filter.
(4) Desolder at the part A, and detach the CCD Ass'y from the CCD PCB.

CCD FPC Tape (10 20mm)


UL Tape (25 40mm)

Lens Rubber

(1)
Lens Unit

(2)

IR Filter
Rubber
CCD Ass'y
CCD PCB
CN1070

d
5.5mm

(4)

(3)

Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

(3)
(3) - d
(4)

Lens

(3)
Face thick
side toward
CCD side

CCD FPC

Parts A
CCD
IR Filter

CCD PCB

Fig. 30

33

CCD FPC Tape


(10 20mm)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Before soldering on the CCD PCB, secure the CCD Assy to the CCD PCB with two screws (d 2).
(2) Attach the CCD FPC tape to the position indicated in the figure below.
(3) Attach the UL tape to the position indicated in the figure below.
When using UL tape supplied as a service part (DY9-3032-000, 9 mm wide), attach three UL tape strips as instructed in the figure
below.

Note on Reassembling (2)

CCD FPC Tape

Reference for
attachment : 0.5 mm
CCD FPC Tape

CCD UL Tape

CCD FPC

Attach the UL tape so that its


end will be equally distributed
on both sides of the lens axis

Reference for
attachment : 1.0 mm
Attach the CCD CU tape so as to cover the
patterned side of the CCD FPC completely.
Note on Reassembling (3)

Use of UL tape supplied as a service part


(DY9-3032-000, 9 mm wide)

40
0.5 mm or more
Attach the UL tape in an overlapped form
on the IG meter to meet its configuration.
Reference for attachment
Reference for attachment

Fig. 31

34

9
9
9
25

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-27 Disassembly of Lens Unit


(1) Remove six screws (i 6), and than detach the IG Meter Ass'y.
(2) Desolder at the point , and detach the PZ Motor and AF Motor.

(1) - i

(1) - i

IG Meter Ass'y
(2) -

(1)

(2) -

(1) - i
(2) -

(2) -
AF Motor
(2)
(1) - i
PZ Motor
(1) - i
Fig. 32

35

i
4mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

PARTS NO.

XA1-7170-307

XA4-9170-457

XA1-7170-407

XA4-9170-557

XA1-7170-507

DA3-1026-000

REMARKS

M1.7-3.0mm (Metal)

Self Tap
M1.7-4.5mm (Metal)

M1.7-4.0mm (Metal)

Self Tap
M1.7-5.5mm (Metal)

M1.7-5.0mm (Metal)

Stepped Screw
M1.7-4.5mm (Metal)

ILLUST

SYMBOL

SYMBOL

1-28 List of Screws Used

PARTS NO.

3mm

XA9-1167-000

4.5mm

XA1-7170-207

4mm

XA4-9170-407

5.5mm

DA3-2388-000

5mm

XA1-7170-257

M1.7-2.5mm (Metal)

2.5mm

4.5mm

XA1-7170-357

M1.7-3.5mm (Metal)

3.5mm

36

REMARKS

ILLUST

Stepped Screw
M1.4-3.4mm (Metal)

M1.7-2.0mm (Metal)

Self Tap
M1.7-4.0mm (Metal)

3.4mm

2mm

4mm

Serration Screw
M1.7-2.5mm (Metal)

2.5mm

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

1-29 List of Disassembly Photos


The photos are for a model provided with memory card slots. Models not provided with memory card slots are slightly different from
the photo marked *.

Right Cover Unit

Right Side

Front Unit

* CVF/Rear Unit

Camera/Recorder Unit

Left Unit/Jack PCB

37

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E


DISASSEMBLING

* Rear Cover Unit

LCD Unit

LCD HINGE Unit

Camera Unit

38

SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT


CONTENTS
1. Maintenance Tools ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1-1 List of Maintenance Tools -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
2. Setting ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2
2-1 How to use extension connector MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E -------------------------------------------------------------- 2
2-1 How to use extension connector MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E --------------------------------------------------------------- 2
2-2 Setting A ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
2-3 Setting B ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
3. Service Modes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5
3-1 Outline ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
3-2 How to Change Over to Service Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5
3-3 How to Operate Wireless Remote Controller in Service Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
3-4 Indication in Service Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
4. Description of Service Modes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8
4-1 Error Rate --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
4-2 Mechanical Error Indication ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9
4-2-1 Mechanical Error Normal Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
4-3 Cleaning Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
4-4 Commands Particular to Camera ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
4-5 Checking the Lens Resetting --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
4-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
4-6-1 MODE MI-COM Input Port ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
4-6-2 MODE MI-COM A/D Port ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12
4-6-3 FR MI-COM Input Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
4-6-4 FR MI-COM A/D Port ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
5. Adjustment Procedures ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13
5-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13
5-1-1 Indication in Service Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 14
5-2 AF Section Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15
5-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15
5-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16
5-3 IS Section Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17
5-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17
5-3-2 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18
5-4 Camera Section Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19
5-4-1 Iris Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19
5-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
5-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
5-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
5-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21
5-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21
5-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22
5-5-1 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation (AUTO) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22
5-6 Recorder Section Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23
5-6-1 SWP Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 23
5-6-2 C. FG Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23
5-6-3 Automatic Adjustment of Reel FG ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24
5-6-4 Flash Memory Writing ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24
5-7 Setting for Asia or Oceania ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25
5-8 Tape Path Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 26

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

1. Maintenance Tools
1-1 List of Maintenance Tools
Item Name

Item Number

Alignment T ape, (Color bar master/PAL)

Purpose

Remarks

DY9-1381-000 Recorder electrical adjustment

Alignment T ape (tracking)

DY9-1379-000 Running adjustment

DMC III

Cassette T orque Gauge for DV

DY9-1346-000 Running adjustment

DMC III

DV Cleaning T ape (hard)

DY9-1384-000 Head cleaning

DMC III

Driver bit for tape path adjustment

DY9-2053-000 T ape path adjustment

DMC III

Color bar chart

DY9-2002-000 Camera electrical adjustment

Color Viewer 5600 K for 220V

DY9-2039-220 Camera electrical adjustment (for 220V)

Color Viewer 5600 K for 240V

DY9-2039-240 Camera electrical adjustment (for 240V)

Lamp for Color Viewer 5600K

DY9-2040-000 Replacement

Filter, CCA W1246mm

DY9-2046-000 Camera electrical adjustment

Cassette for changeover to service mode

DY9-1386-000 Service mode, electrical adjustment

EXT ENSION CONNECT OR (30pin)

AD-1572 DY9-1398-000 T est pin extended

Extension connector (24 pins) with remote control


beam sensor

T est pin extension, remote control


DY9-1394-000
beam sense

NEW
MV800i E, MV800 E,
MV790 E

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

2. Setting
(1) Adjustments other than DMC-III : Perform adjustments in the product state.
(2) Tracking adjustment (DMC-III) and Envelope check : Perform them with the Setting A.
(3) Adjustments related to DMC-III other than Tracking adjustment, tape path system check and tape path system cleaning : Perform
them with the Setting B.

2-1 How to use extension connector MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E


(1) Remove the BLINDFOLD COVER.
(2) Connect the extension connector (DY9-1398-000) to service
connector CN2900

<Signal>
Extension Connector (DY9-1398-000)
Pin No.
A8

Signal Designation
SWP

A9

GND

A10

PBRF

DY9-1398-000

Fig. 1-A

2-1 How to use extension connector MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


(1) Remove the BLINDFOLD COVER.
(2) Connect the extension connector (DY9-1398-000) to service
connector CN2900
(3) Connect the extension connector (DY9-1394-000) to the connector installed on the end of extension connector (DY9-1398000).
The extension connector (DY9-1394-000) is connected for
receiving the optical signal from the remote controller.
Note : Do not mistake the connecting direction.

<Signal>
Extension Connector (DY9-1398-000)
Pin No.
A8

DY9-1398-000

Signal Designation
SWP

A9

GND

A10

PBRF

DY9-1394-000
Fig. 1-B

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

2-2 Setting A
(1) Remove the CASSETTE COVER referring to Fig. 2 (a).
(2) While observing a PB-RF signal, adjust the post to eliminate fluctuations of the envelope.
Note : When the tracking adjustment is going to be performed, refer to 5-8 Tape Path Adjustment on p.26.

(a)

(b)

CASSETTE COVER

ADJUSTMENT DRIVER
2

Fig. 2

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

2-3 Setting B
(1) Remove the TOP COVR, RIGHT COVER UNIT, REAR COVER UNIT, FRONT COVER UNIT, LEFT COVER UNIT referring
to Disassembling.
Note 1 : Referring to Fig.3, connect the required cables.
In case of MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E, The FRONT COVER UNIT need not be connected.
Note 2 : For observing the PB-RF signal, use an extension connector. (See 2-1 : How to use extension connector.)
Note 3 : For ejection, use the switch concerned on JACK PCB. For mode transition, use the wireless remote controller.

MONITOR TV

WIRELESS CONTROLLER

LEFT COVER UNIT

FRONT COVER UNIT

JACK PCB
EJECT SWITCH
JACK PCB
CN1

JACK PCB
CN2
ZR100 A,MV800i E,
MV800 E,MV790 E is
connection needlessness

REAR COVER UNIT

MAIN PCB
CN2101
MAIN PCB
CN101
MAIN PCB
CN3201
CA-570

Fig. 3

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

3. Service Modes
3-1 Outline
(1) The service mode in this equipment uses the wireless remote controller*. (To be used in remote control code 2)
* Transfer to the service mode is impossible by the remote controller furnished with this product.
Example : WL-D84 Use a remote controller furnished with a conventional product
(2) For changeover to the service mode, a dedicated tool (CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE: DY9-1386-000) is required in addition to
the wireless remote controller.
* In case of MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E, also mount the extension connector (DY9-1398-000) and extension connector with remote control beam sensor (DY9-1394-000) referring to Fig. 1-B.
(3) Mode changeover is available between the service mode and the normal mode using the Audio dubbing and SLOW keys of the
wireless remote controller.
As long as power is ON, the service mode is available even if the CASSETTE, SERVICE MODE is removed.
(4) In the service mode, changeover of the main unit operation mode can be handled using the keys on the main unit and the remote control
mode 1.
(5) In the service mode, safety functions such as for mechanical error detection, DEW detection and low voltage detection are canceled.
(6) In the service mode, the LCD mirror function is canceled.

3-2 How to Change Over to Service Mode


(1) Referring to Fig. 1 on p. 2, engage 2 extension connectors,
set the service mode transfer cassette (DY9-1386-000) on
the product, and load its contents.
* In case of MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E, also mount
the extension connector (DY9-1398-000) and extension connector with remote control beam sensor
(DY9-1394-000) referring to Fig. 1-B.
(2) Press the Dubbing key on the wireless remote controller
that is set at Remote controller code 2.
* To changeover to Remote controller code 2, press
Remote controller setting and Zoom T keys si-

DY9-1386-000

multaneously for 2 sec.


* The remote controller code setting on the DVC main

Fig. 4

unit is operable both at remote controller codes 1


and 2.
(3) Now the changeover to the service mode has been completed
and the SERVICE MODE appears on the screen.
* Pressing the SLOW key performs the changeover
to the normal mode from the service mode.
As long as the power supply is ON, the service mode
is available by setting the Audio dubbing key even
if the cassette for transfer to service mode is removed.

Fig. 5
After the end of repair resorting to the service mode with the lithium backup battery kept mounted, disconnect and
then re-connect that battery to dependably exit the service mode.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

3-3 How to Operate Wireless Remote Controller in Service Mode


(1) To use the wireless remote controller in the service mode, set it at Remote controller code 2.
* To changeover to Remote controller code 2, press the Remote controller setting and Zoom T keys simultaneously for 2 sec.
* The remote controller furnished with the instrument cannot transfer to the service mode. For this purpose, use the
remote controller (ex. WL-D84) furnished with a conventional product.

4. SERCH +
3. START/STOP
11. PLAY

5. SEARCH -

8. FF

10. SERCH SELECT

6. FRAME +
9. REW

Remote Controller
Code 2 setting

12. STOP
7. FRAME -

14. 2
WL-D84

1. DUBBING
2. SLOW
13. PAUSE

Fig. 6

No.

Key Designation (in Normal Mode)

Key Designation (in Service Mode)

Function

DUBBING

SERVICE MODE

Change over to service mode

SLOW

NORMAL MODE

Change over to normal mode

START/STOP

CS+

Increases CS by 1.

SEARCH +

FUNCTION +

Increases FUNCTION by 1.

SEARCH -

FUNCTION -

Decreases FUNCTION by 1.

FRAME +

HIGH ADDRESS +

Increases HIGH ADDRESS by 1.

FRAME -

HIGH ADDRESS -

Decreases HIGH ADDRESS by 1.

FF

ADDRESS +

Increases ADDRESS by 1.

REW

ADDRESS -

Decreases ADDRESS by 1.

10

SEARCH SELECT

MODE SELECT

Change over to RD/WR mode

11

PLAY

DATA +

Increases DATA by 1.

12

STOP

DATA -

Decreases DATA by 1.

13

PAUSE

STORE

Defines/w rites DATA.

14

EJECT

Performs EJECT.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

3-4 Indication in Service Mode


Shown below are the indications in the service mode.

18

1
2
3

10

11
12
13
14
15

16

17

Fig. 7
1.
2.

Indicates that the service mode is currently selected. (SERV)


MODE : Indicates the MODE currently selected. (RD/WR/ST)

3.
4.

Indicates for which block the command is specified. (MA,MD, CA, CD, etc.)
CS : Indicates the Chip Select currently specified. (0~F)

5.
6.

Function : Indicates the Function currently selected. (00~FF)


ADDR : Indicates the ADDRESS currently selected. (0000~FFFF)

7.
8.

DT : Indicate, in hexadecimal representation, the DATA currently being read or set. (00~FF)
Indicates the mechanical status. (POPUP, STBY, LOAD1, LOAD2, STOP, PLAY)

9. Indicates the absolute track No.


10. Indicates the mechanical error. (Main power supply backup)
11. Indicates mechanical error history (LITHIUM 3V battery backup)
12. Indicates the version of the MAIN program in the FR MI-COM.
13. Indicates the version of the MODE MI-COM.
14. Indicates the version of the CAMERA program in the FR MI-COM.
15. Indicates the version of the CARD program in the FR MI-COM.
16. E0 : Indicates the error rate of the track that is traced in the CH0 (Low ch) head.
17. E1 : Indicates the error rate of the track that is traced in the CH1 (High ch) head.
18. Data Write status (00: READ mode, 04 : Write preparation, OC : Write execution)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

4. Description of Service Modes


4-1 Error Rate
<Generals>
(1) A VIDEO error rate (VIDEO + AUDIO) and an AUDIO error rate can be checked.
(2) Note that the error rate is worsened on occurrence of failure in tape running, deterioration of tape, decreased in head output, failure
in head amplifier, improper drum shield, etc.

<How to read a VIDEO error rate>


An average error rate on 64-track AUDIO+VIDEO sector is indicated in exponential representation.

Low ch.

High ch.

EO 2 5 E1

Example) 25 is indicated:
Error rate = 210 -5

2 10

-5

Fig. 8

<How to read an AUDIO error rate>


To read error rate of AUDIO track, follow the procedures in the
table below.

Low ch.

The number of erroneous sync block of 64-track AUDIO sync


blocks is indicated in two hexadecimal digits.

High ch.

AO 2 3 A1

(FF limitation is imposed on a value exceeding 255.)

2 3

Example) 23is indicated:


Number of erroneous sync blocks = 35

(hexadecimal)

(2 16)+ 3 = 35 (decimal)

In the product specifications, the error rate on both channels in self -recording LP playback is as follows :
Error rate =28H or less

Fig. 9

(Number of erroneous sync blocks = 40 or less)

Important
After the adjustment, set the DT to the product setting . (press STORE key at 1 of STEP 1 state.)

<Change to an AUDIO error rate>


ST EP
1

MONIT OR

PROCEDURE
1) Make setting shown at right.

CS

Function

10

Microcomputer operation

ADDR MODE
001D

ST

DT
00 03 Product setting

03

Remarks) Selecting DT back to "0"makes a return to Audio + Video error rate.

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

RD

Audio error rate indication

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

4-2 Mechanical Error Indication


<Outline>
(1) On occurrence of a mechanical error, the conditions of the error can be checked in the service mode.Two types of indications appear
on the service mode initial screen: the current error data indication and the error history data indication backed up by LITHIUM 3V.
(2) The data backed up by the LITHIUM 3V can be reset by the STEP-1 operation shown below.
ST EP
1

MONIT OR

PROCEDURE
CS

Function

1) Make setting shown at right.

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

Microcomputer operation

ADDR MODE

DT

08

0008

ST

00

Error data held only in the POWER-ON

RD

state is indicated.

4-2-1 Mechanical Error Normal Mode

Relevant errors are highlighted in purple.

E : TAPE END
B : TAPE TOP
D : DRUM ERROR
C : CAPSTAN ERROR
S : S-REEL ERROR
T : T- REEL ERROR
L : LOADING MTR ERROR
D : DEW ERROR

Fig. 10

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

4-3 Cleaning Mode


On this product, setting cleaning tape automatically transfers to (and allows to exit from) the cleaning mode.
Note : Do not set hard type cleaning tape at FULL BOT status lest the head should wear excessively.

4-4 Commands Particular to Camera


<Outline>
(1) The commands particular to camera are provided for checking the operation.
(2) Make preparation according to the table below and carry out the desired commands particular to camera.
(3) To restore any setting back to the original status, press the PAUSE key (STORE) for each item again in the ST mode.
Turning the power OFF/ON resets all the settings.
ST EP

CAM SPECIAL COMMAND


WB SET

Microcomputer operation

CS

Function

1) Make setting shown at right.

08

3300

ST

--

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

08

3301

RD

--

ST

--

08

3302

RD

--

ST

--

08

3303

RD

--

ST

--

08

3304

RD

--

ST

--

08

3305

RD

--

ST

--

08

3306

RD

--

ST

--

08

3309

RD

--

ST

--

08

330A

RD

--

ST

--

08

330B

RD

--

ST

--

08

330C

RD

--

ST

--

08

330D

RD

--

ST

--

08

330F

RD

--

ST

--

Outputs white & black chart

08

3310

RD

--

from DIGIC DV.

ST

--

WB

1) Make setting shown at right.

LOCK

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

WB

1) Make setting shown at right.

T URBO

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

WB

1) Make setting shown at right.

OUT DOOR 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)


WB

MONIT OR

PROCEDURE

1) Make setting shown at right.

INDOOR

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

IRIS

1) Make setting shown at right.

OPEN

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

IRIS

1) Make setting shown at right.

CLOSE

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

AGC

1) Make setting shown at right.

MAX

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

AGC

1) Make setting shown at right.

MIN

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

COLOR

1) Make setting shown at right.

BAR

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

White

1) Make setting shown at right.

100%

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

White

1) Make setting shown at right.

50%

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

BLACK &

1) Make setting shown at right.

WHIT E

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

GRAY

1) Make setting shown at right.

ADDR MODE

DT
WB is set.
WB is locked.
WB high-speed setting mode
WB outdoor mode
WB indoor mode
T he iris is opened forcibly.
T he iris is closed forcibly.
A value of AGC gain is maximized.
A value of AGC gain is minimized.
Outputs color bar from DIGIC DV.
Outputs white 100% from DIGIC DV.
Outputs white 50% from DIGIC DV.

SCALE

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

08

331F

--

1) Make setting shown at right.

RD

WHIT E

ST

--

Force the white LED to light.

LED ON

2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.)

RD

--

MV850i E only.

10

Outputs gray scale from DIGIC DV.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

4-5 Checking the Lens Resetting


<Generals>
(1) Setting the address according to the table below allows to check whether the lens resetting is ended or not.
(2) If the DATA (in hexadecimal representation) is D0 or D4, the lens has been reset.
* In case of 40 or 44, the zoom lens has not yet been reset.
* In case of 80 or 84, the focus lens has not yet been reset.
MONIT OR

ST EP

PROCEDURE

1) Make setting shown at right.

CS

Function

00

Microcomputer operation

ADDR MODE

DT

73E7

--

RD

RAM data indication

AD-1558E

4-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches


<Generals>
(1) The MODE and FR MI-COM terminals can be checked in the service mode. With this function, the key-related operations and the
connections between the keys and the MI-COM terminals can be checked in the product state.
(2) Perform the check in the RD mode.

4-6-1 MODE MI-COM Input Port

PIN

NAME

Description

CS Function ADDR

DATA
BIT

Description

80

T /C PW SW

Detect input from DC jack

01

0000

"H"

78

T /C PW SW

T ape/Card SW

01

0001

"L"

75

PAE/GREEN SW

P.AE/GREEN SW

01

0001

"H"

71

DC J DET

DC JACK detection

01

0001

"L"

70

ST ART ST OP

Start / Stop SW

01

0002

"L"

69

Half Photo Switch

Halfway pressing of Photo SW

01

0002

"L"

68

Photo Switch

Full pressing of Photo SW

01

0002

"L"

67

Cassette In Switch

Cassette IN SW detection

01

0002

"L"

66

Eject Switch

EJECT SW detection

01

0002

"L"

65

PANEL Bottom/T op Switch

LCD reverse detection

01

0002

"L"

64

PANEL Open Switch

LCD open detection

01

0002

"H"

43

Dial CW Switch

Select Dial

01

0005

"L"

42

Dial CCW Switch

Select Dial

01

0005

"L"

25

Li3V Detect

Detection of decrease in lithium


battery voltage

01

0007

"L"

11

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

4-6-2 MODE MI-COM A/D Port

PIN

NAME

Description

CS Function ADDR

AD DATA (00FF)
Low

High

95

KEY AD3

KEY AD 3

02

0000

MENU(00)

SET (40)

93

KEY AD2

KEY AD 2

02

0001

ST OP(00)

PLAY(40)

92

KEY AD1

KEY AD 1

02

0002

DE ON/OFF(00) LCD BL(40)

91

KEY AD0

KEY AD 0

02

0003

D.CODE(00)

88

Batt Info A/D

Battery T ype Detection

02

0006

Low(00)

High(FF)

87

Batt A/D

Battery Voltage Detection

02

0007

Low(00)

High(FF)

C.MIX(40)

FF(85)
AE(85)
REW(85)

4-6-3 FR MI-COM Input Port

PIN

NAME

Description

CS Function ADDR

DATA
BIT

F7

LINE IN

Analog line input control

01

0001

"H" at line input

W1

USB DET

USB Detect

01

0009

"L" at detect

X5

CARD DET

CARD IN detection

01

0009

"L" at detect

E3

REC PROOF

T ape recording inhibition

01

000A

"L" at detect

U6

CARD PRO

Card recording inhibited detection

01

000A

"H" at line input

4-6-4 FR MI-COM A/D Port

PIN

NAME

AA16 ZOOMKEY
AC17 T EMP

Description

CS Function ADDR

Zoom key output

02

AD DATA (00FF)
Low

High

0002

WIDE
side
Low

High

Intermediate

T ELE
side

Lens thermometer output

02

0003

Y GYRO

YAW side GYRO output

02

0004

AB16 P GYRO

PIT H side GYRO output

02

0005

Y15

IRIS ENC output

02

0006

Small diaphragm

Open

AC15 DEW

DEW detection

02

000B

DRY

Y14

Cassette detection

02

000C

Cassette
inserted

WET
Cassette
not
inserted

X15

I ENC

CAS IN

12

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5. Adjustment Procedures
5-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement
After replacement of major parts, carry out adjustment referring to the table shown below. Note that the following table shows minimum
required adjustments to be performed after replacing any major part. In case that two or more parts have been replaced or any faulty
condition has occurred, take a proper adjustment procedure accordingly.
: Check required
: Adjustment required
Camera system
Part name
No.

Adjustment item
Lens

JACK
PCB

CCD

MAIN
PCB

Adjustment setting

5-2 AF section
5-2-1

CZ Automatic Adjustment

Product condition

5-2-2

Cam correction (AUT O)

Product condition

5-3 IS section
5-3-1

Gyro Offset Adjustment

Product condition

5-3-2

Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing

Product condition

5-4 Camera section


5-4-1

Iris Adjustment

Product condition

5-4-2

WB Adjustment (1)

Product condition

5-4-3

Color Balance Adjustment

Product condition

5-4-4

WB Adjustment (2)

Product condition

5-4-5

WB Adjustment (3)

Product condition

5-4-6

Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing

Product condition

5-5

CCD Pixel Missing Compensation

Product condition

Recorder system
Part name
No.

Adjustment item

MAIN DMC
PCB
III

Adjustment setting

5-6 Recorder section


5-6-1

SWP Adjustment

Product condition

5-6-2

C. FG Adjustment

Product condition

5-6-3

Automatiac Adjustment of Reel FG

Product condition

5-6-4

Flash Memory Writing

Product condition

5-7

Setting for Asia or Oceania

Product condition

DMC III
5-8

T ape Path Adjustment

T ape path adjustment setting

13

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-1-1 Indication in Service Mode


Shown below are the indications in the service mode.

6
Fig. 11

1.
2.

MODE : Indicates the MODE currently selected. (RD/WR/ST)


Indicates for which block the command is specified. (MA, MD, CA, CD, etc.)

3.
4.

CS : Indicates the Chip Select currently specified. (0~F)


Function : Indicates the Function currently selected. (00~FF)

5.
6.

ADDR : Indicates the ADDRESS currently selected. (0000~FFFF)


DT : Indicate, in hexadecimal representation, the DATA currently being read or set. (00~FF)

7.
8.

Data write status (0 : Read mode, 1 : Ready to write, C : Write execution)


ST : Adjustment status (02: During adjustment, 05: Adjustment OK, 09: Adjustment NG)

9.

ST2 : Adjustment status (for use in AF adjustment)

14

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-2 AF Section Adjustment


Note)
(1) The sections 5-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 5-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must be executed consecutively. If they are
performed independently, the sufficient performance cannot be obtained.
Also, when section 5-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment is completed, execute section 5-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must be
executed immediately without elapse of time. If execute section 5-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) is executed after elapse of time
upon completion of section 5-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment, the sufficient performance cannot be obtained.

Preparation)
(1) For CZ automatic adjustment/cam correction, set the product condition.
(2) Adjustment condition (initial condition)
Tape/Card
Program AE

: Tape
: Auto Mode

ZOOM
: Telephoto-end
CZ adjustment chart : 2.4 0.02 m from lens front
Chart luminance

: 500 lux or more (High illuminance should be avoided at the wide-angle end.)

5-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment


CHART

CZ adjustment chart

SPEC.

At STEP 3, DT : AA should be attained. Execution of STEP 4.

Procedure)
(1) In the telephoto-end setting, bring the center of chart image to the center of monitor TV.
(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out CZ automatic adjustment in the service mode.
(3) Perform the cam correction.
MONIT OR
ST EP PROCEDURE
CZ
CS Function MD ADDR
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3110
2) Perform storing.
RD

(press the PAUSE button.)


2
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3100
2) Perform storing.
RD

(press the PAUSE button.)


3
2) Perform storing.
2
08
ST 3100
(press the PAUSE button.)

Judgment on result of adjustment

1) Make the setting shown at right.


2) Perform storing.
(press the PAUSE button.)

Microcomputer operation
DT
00

ST 2

10

00

Move to adjustment mode.

08

RD

3100

RD

08

0081

--

ST
RD

15

Move to adjustment mode.

Automatic adjustment is started. T hen, it is


completed in 30 seconds approximately. If any NG
condition is encountered in automatic adjustment,
check the parts inside the lens section.
AA Adjustment is completed (result is OK).
Perform the cam correction.
FF Adjustment is completed (result is NG).
T ake the procedure again from the beginning.
Preparation for flash memory updating.
Execution of flash memory updating.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

ST2

Fig. 12

5-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO)


CHART

CZ adjustment chart

SPEC.

Automatic adjustment

Procedure)
(1) Quit the service mode, and turn power OFF/ON.
(2) Perform the cam correction by following the table below.
(3) Quit the service mode, turn power off/on, and then check that proper focusing can be attained in normal zooming operation (AF
OFF).
(4) If the result is NG, perform 5-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 5-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO).
MONIT OR
ST EP PROCEDURE
Microcomputer operation
CAM CORRECT ION
CS Function MD ADDR DT ST 2
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3101 00
2) Perform storing.
RD
01

(press the PAUSE button.)


2
Cancel the service mode, and set the zoom position to the telephoto end. After focus movement is stopped,
turn OFF the AF function.
3
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3102
-WR

2) Perform storing.
RD
02 Correction value measurement.

(press the PAUSE button.)


Completion with ST 2:02.
4
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3104 -2) Perform storing.
RD
04 Correction value calculation.

(press the PAUSE button.)


Completion with ST 2:04.
5
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3105 -2) Perform storing.
RD
AA Completion of correction value writing.

(press the PAUSE button.)


Completion with ST 2:AA.
6
1) Make the setting shown at right. 0
08
ST 0081 -Preparation for flash memory updating.
2) Perform storing.
RD
Execution of flash memory updating.

(press the PAUSE button.)

16

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-3 IS Section Adjustment


Note)
(1) Perform the IS adjustment after machine is re-assembled to a product status.
(2) Prepare a tripod or stable work bench.
(3) Each of the adjustment data (5-3-1) becomes valid when 5-3-2 data writing is made. After completion of each adjustment, be sure
to carry out 5-3-2 before turning power OFF.

5-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment


SPEC.

Automatic adjusutment

Procedure)
(1) Wait at least 10 seconds while being careful not to apply vibration to the camera.
(2) Referring to the table shown below, perform the automatic adjustment.

Note)
It will take approx. 25 seconds at maximum to complete adjustment (OK) after storing (pressing the pause button).
ST EP PROCEDURE
GYRO OFFSET
CS
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
2) Perform storing.

(press the PAUSE button.)

MONIT OR
Function MD ADDR DT
08
ST 320D 00
RD

17

Microcomputer operation
ST
05

Adjustment is completed.
Completion with ST :05, NG with ST :09

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-3-2 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing


SPEC.

Automatic writing

Procedure)
(1) According to the table shown below, write adjustment data (5-3-1) into the virtual EEPROM and flash memory.
MONIT OR
ST EP PROCEDURE
EEPROM & FLASH WRIT ING
CS Function MD ADDR DT
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 320F
00
2) Perform storing.
RD

(press the PAUSE button.)


2
1) Make the setting shown at right. 0
08
ST 0081
-2) Perform storing.
RD

(press the PAUSE button.)

ST

Fig. 13

18

Microcomputer operation
ST
05

Completion of virtual EEPROM writing.


Completion with ST :05, NG with ST :09
Preparation for flash memory updating.
Execution of flash memory updating.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-4 Camera Section Adjustment


Notes)
(1) Each adjustment data (5-4-1 to 5-4-5) becomes effective after it is written into the DATA as mentioned in 5-4-6. If power must be
turned OFF/ON during each adjustment, be sure to perform the DATA write procedure as mentioned in 5-4-6.
(2) The adjustments from 5-4-2 through 5-4-5 must be carried out in series.

Preparation)
(1) For camera section adjustment, take the product condition.
(2) Adjustment condition (initial condition)
Tape/Card
: Tape
Program AE
AF

: Auto Mode
: OFF

Image stabilizer
Chart

: OFF
: Standard angle of view

5-4-1 Iris Adjustment


CHART
SPEC.

Automatic adjustment.

Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, adjust the Iris.
ST EP PROCEDURE
MONIT OR
IRIS
CS Function MD ADDR DT
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3000
00
2) Perform storing.
WR

(press the PAUSE button.)


RD

ST

Fig. 14

19

Microcomputer operation
ST

05

Adjustment is in progress.
Adjustment is completed.
Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-4-2 WB Adjustment (1)


CHART

Light box (5600K)

SPEC.

Automatic adjustment

AD-1586E

Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (1).
ST EP PROCEDURE
MONIT OR
WB (1)
CS Function MD ADDR DT
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3002
00
2) Perform storing.
WR

(press the PAUSE button.)


RD

Microcomputer operation
ST

05

Adjustment is in progress.
Adjustment is completed.
Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG)

Note) In this adjustment, color balance gain data is set to FF. Be sure to carry out color balance adjustment described in 5-4-3.

5-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment


CHART

Lightbox (5600K), and color bar chart

SPEC.

Automatic adjustment

Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out color blance adjustment.
MONIT OR
ST EP PROCEDURE
CB
CS Function MD ADDR DT
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3003
00
2) Perform storing.
WR

(press the PAUSE button.)


RD

Microcomputer operation
ST

05

Adjustment is in progress.
Adjustment is completed.
Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG)

5-4-4 WB Adjustment (2)


CHART

Light box (5600K), and CCA12 filter

SPEC.

Automatic adjustment

Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (2).
ST EP PROCEDURE
MONIT OR
WB (2)
CS Function MD ADDR DT
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3004
00
2) Perform storing.
WR

(press the PAUSE button.)


RD

20

Microcomputer operation
ST

05

Adjustment is in progress.
Adjustment is completed.
Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-4-5 WB Adjustment (3)


CHART

Light box (5600K)

SPEC.

Automatic adjustment

Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (3).
MONIT OR
ST EP PROCEDURE
WB (3)
CS Function MD ADDR DT
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
08
ST 3005
00
2) Perform storing.
WR

(press the PAUSE button.)


RD

Microcomputer operation
ST

05

Adjustment is in progress.
Adjustment is completed.
Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG)

5-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing


SPEC.

Automatic writing

Procedure)
(1) According to the table shown below, write adjustment data (5-4-1 to 5-4-5) into the virtual EEPROM and flash memory.
ST EP PROCEDURE
EEPROM & FLASH WRIT ING
CS
1
1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
2) Perform storing.

(press the PAUSE button.)


2
1) Make the setting shown at right. 0
2) Perform storing.

(press the PAUSE button.)

MONIT OR
Function MD ADDR DT
08
ST 3006
00
RD

08

ST
RD

0081

--

21

Microcomputer operation
ST
05

Completion of virtual EEPROM writing.


Completion with ST :05, ST :09 NG
Preparation for flash memory updating.
Execution of flash memory updating.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation


Notes)
(1) Before starting this adjustment, turn power on for 30 minutes.
(2) In this adjustment, NG is indicated if there are four or more pixel defects at the center of the screen or if there are twelve or more
pixel defects on the entire screen. (It does not compensation, when set to NG.)
(3) The picture element loss correction which is validated by this adjustment is also validated automatically every time power is turned
ON.

5-5-1 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation (AUTO)


Preparation)
(1) Carry out this correction in the product state.
(2) Adjustment Conditions
Program AE
AF

: AUTO
: OFF

Image stabilizer
Digital zoom

: OFF
: OFF

Procedure)
(1) Perform the CCD void pixel correction (automatic mode) according to the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE
1
1-1

2
2-1

MONIT OR
CS Function MD ADDR DT

CCD void pixel correction


1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
2) Perform storing.

(press the PAUSE button.)

Virtual EEPROM writing


1) Make the setting shown at right. 2
2) Perform storing.

(press the PAUSE button.)


1) Make the setting shown at right. 0
2) Perform storing.

(press the PAUSE button.)

08

08

08

ST 300E
WR

RD

00

05

ST
RD

300F

ST
RD

0081

--

Adjustment is in progress.
Adjustment is completed.
Completion with DT :00 to 0C, NG with DT :8*

00
05

22

Microcomputer operation
ST

Completion of virtual EEPROM writing.


Completion with DT :02, NG with DT :03
Preparation for flash memory updating.
Execution of flash memory updating.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-6 Recorder Section Adjustment


Note)
(1) Each of the adjustment data (5-6-1 to 5-6-3) becomes valid when 5-6-4 flash memory writing is made. When turning power OFF/
ON during each adjustment, be sure to carry out 5-6-4 flash memory writing.

Preparation)
(1) Except for the tape-path adjustment, carry out adjustment in the product state.

5-6-1 SWP Adjustment


MODE

Playback of color bar master (DY9-1380-000)

SPEC.

Automatic adjustment

Procedure)
(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out SWP automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE
SWP (AUT O)
1
1) Make the setting shown at right.
2) Perform storing.
(press the PAUSE button.)

CS
0

MONIT OR
Function MD ADDR DT
08
ST 0001
-WR

RD

Microcomputer operation

Automatic adjustment is in progress.


Automatic adjustment is completed.

5-6-2 C. FG Adjustment
MODE

Playback of color bar master (DY9-1380-000)

SPEC.

Automatic adjustment

Procedure)
(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out C.FG automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE
C.FG(AUT O)
1
1) Make the setting shown at right.
2) Perform storing.
(press the PAUSE button.)

MONIT OR
CS Function MD ADDR DT
0
08
ST 0003
-WR

RD

AD-1605E

23

Microcomputer operation

Automatic adjustment is in progress.


Automatic adjustment is completed.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-6-3 Automatic Adjustment of Reel FG


MODE

Stop without VTR cassette

Procedure)
(1) Carry out reel FG adjustment according to the following table.
ST EP PROCEDURE
1

1) Make the setting shown at right.


2) Perform storing.
(press the PAUSE button.)

CS
0

MONIT OR
Function MD ADDR DT
08
ST 0007
-WR

RD

Microcomputer operation

Automatic adjustment is in progress.


Automatic adjustment is completed.

5-6-4 Flash Memory Writing


SPEC.

Memory data writing

Procedure)
(1) Write adjustment data (5-6-1 to 4) into the flash memory according the table shown below.
ST EP PROCEDURE
1

1) Make the setting shown at right.


2) Perform storing.
(press the PAUSE button.)

CS
0

MONIT OR
Function MD ADDR DT
08
ST 0081
-RD

24

Microcomputer operation
Preparation for flash memory updating.
Execution of flash memory updating.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-7 Setting for Asia or Oceania


This is for setting the displayable language to English, simplified character Chinese, conventional character Chinese or Korean. Carry
out this setting only after replacing the MAIN PCB ASSY of a product sold in Asia (except Japan) or Oceania with a service part. (The
service part is set at language of other regions.)

Necessary instruments)
(1) PC whose OS is Windows XP
(2) DV cable
(3) Compact adapter (be sure to use it for main unit power)
(4) Language data file conforming to the main program version of FR microcomputer .
The language data file is available from each local service headquarters.

Use data where the part


of the filename is the same as
the version of main program of FR microprocessor.
Language data filename : Example 4146d86asia.dat
If the indication is as shown on the left, the filename of usable
language data is: B059d86asia.dat

Indication of version of main program of FR microprocessor

Preparation)

AD-1568E

Copy the language data file to the hard disk of the PC, and change its file name to d86asia.dat.
Example : B059d86asia.dat d86asia.dat
(delete the part B059 that denotes version)

Procedure)
ST EP
Mode
setting

PROCEDURE

1) Make the setting shown at right.


2) Perform storing.
(press the PAUSE button.)
Write in 1) Make the setting shown at right.
flash
2) Perform storing.
memory
(press the PAUSE button.)

MONIT OR
CS Function MD ADDR DT
0
10
ST 0147
01
RD

08

ST
RD

0081

--

Microcomputer operation

Mode setting ends

Writing in flash memory ends

(1) Select the language data change mode according to the following table.
(2) Turn off the main unit, and detach for a short while and reconnect the compact adapter.
(3) Turn on the main unit in VTR/TAPE mode.
(4) Interconnect the main unit and PC by DV cable.
(5) Copy the language data d86asia.dat and paste it to Canon Camera Storage Device in My Computer on the PC. (Note: Drag &
Drop is not allowed.) The charge LED indicator starts blinking, and the rewriting of the language data is carried out.
(6) Upon normal completion of the rewriting of the language data, the charge LED indicator on the main unit changes a blinking state
to a steady-on state.
(7) Turn off the power switch of the main unit, and disconnect the compact adapter.
Note) At the above steps (6) and (7), ignore an error message appearing on the PC. (If the charge LED indictor on the main unit is
steadily lit, it indicates that the rewriting of the language data has come to a normal end.)
(8) Turn on the main unit again, and make sure the possible language is English, simplified character Chinese, conventional character
Chinese and Korean.

25

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT

5-8 Tape Path Adjustment


Note)
(1) For tape path adjustment, the service mode setting is necessary. For the details of setting procedure, refer to the DMC III Section.

Preparation)
(1) For tape path adjustment, make the recorder adjustment setting (P. 2, 3).

Procedure)
(1) Referring to the table given below (STEPS 1, 2, 3), play back the tracking master (DY9-1345-000) for tape path adjustment.
At STEP 2, perform tracking shift by adjusting DT in a range of F0 to FF so that the RF envelope will be 70%.
(2) After adjustment, restore tracking shift setting to normal according to the following table (STEPS 4 : P.OFF).
MONIT OR
ST EP PROCEDURE
Microcomputer operation
T RACKING T APE
CS Function MD ADDR DT
1
1) Play back the tracking tape.
2
1) Set up tracking shift.
2-1
1) Make the setting shown at right.
0
00
ST 9FE7
F2
2) Perform storing.
RD

(press the PAUSE button.)


3) Perform 70% tracking shift by
ST

F0~FF T he amount of tracking shift is changed.


adjusting DT in a range of F0 to FF.
4) Perform storing.
RD

(press the PAUSE button.)


* T racking shift released in DT 00.
3
1) Perform tape path adjustment with the RF envelope in 70% tracking shift state.
4
1) Select the normal mode.
2) T urn off power to the main unit.

26

SERVICE HINTS
CONTENTS
1. Service Hints -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1-2 Location of Main Elements ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2
1-3 Current Consumption Check ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2. Troubleshooting ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
2-1 Power Supply ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
2-2 Camera Picture Faulty ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2-3 Faulty of Playback Picture -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
2-4 Startup Window Setting ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
2-5 Short Cut Demonstration Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

1. Service Hints
1-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards
The printed circuit boards are arranged as shown below.

CVF PCB

OPERATION KEY

CCD PCB

LI PCB

MAIN PCB

R KEY1 FPC
JACK PCB

DC PCB

R KEY2 PCB

SWITCH OPEN

LCD PCB

Fig. 1

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

1-2 Location of Main Elements

MAIN PCB

IC100
MODE MI-COM

IC301
MOTOR DRIVE
IC300
OPE AMP

IC1200
LENS DRIVE
FU3201
FU3202

IC801
AUDIO INTERFACE

FU1800
FU3203

IC3203
4.7V REGULATOR

IC1001
TG/CDS/AGC/AD/V-DRIVER
IC2000
IC1002
VRP2
2.7V REGULATOR

IC1102
SDRAM

IC1501
EVF/LCD DRIVE
IC1103
DIGIC DV

IC2300
FLASH

IC3201
POWER CONTROL

IC2302
SDRAM

Fig. 2

IC2301
VIC4

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

CCD PCB
IC1070
CCD

CN1070

LCD PCB

IC4201

IC4201
DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL

JACK PCB

IC1601
P SENSOR GYRO

IC1602
Y SENSOR GYRO

Fig. 3

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

1-3 Current Consumption Check


The following table shows the specified value of current consumption in each status.
Measurement condition
Preset voltage

: Product status, camera auto mode(AF OFF), LCD ON (Approx. 0.11A each smaller in case of CVF)
: 7.4V
POWER SW
CAMERA

VCR

MODE

Current consumption (A)

REC PAUSE

0.38

REC

0.42

STOP

0.32

PLAY

0.41

POWER OFF

0.29 (mA)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

2. Troubleshooting
To detect the failure part for repair, if any, use the following hints and check points.

2-1 Power Supply


<Hints>
When the power source is attached, the unit enters the standby mode in the following sequences.
Main power is connected. UNREG is supplied to the MAIN PCB MODE MI-COM starts up. MODE MI-COM outputs VCR
ON H signal. PWM driver starts up and turns on each power supply. Establishes communication with the FR MI-COM. FR
MI-COM initializes recorder mechanical chassis. After initialized, the MODE MI-COM is brought into the standby status with the
VCR ON changed to VCR Low.
After that, the power supply is turned ON by the following procedures.
Power supply mode switch operation After MODE MI-COM is accepted, VCR ON H is output. The PWM driver is started to
turn on various power supplies. The FR MI-COM is started to control the system.

<Check Points>
1)

Key Inputs

2)

Check the key inputs at Power Switch in the service mode.


Check of microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication
If the microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication line is normal, the version number of each microcomputer can be indicated in the service mode. Otherwise, the communication line or microcomputer may be faulty.

3)

Error in Mechanism (SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT P. 9)


If any error is occurred by mechanism trouble at initializing, the error can be detected.
At this state, the power can be turned on, but the unit enters ERROR STOP state. In this case, check the error data in the service
mode.

4)

VCR ON H, CAM ON H (control signal from MODE MI-COM) Outputs


Check the output of control signal.

5)

Fuses on the power supply PCB


Check the continuity of the fuses FU3201, 3202, 3203 and 1800 on the MAIN PCB. In case of NG, replace the fuse and check the

6)

power consumption.
Replace the MAIN PCB with a service part and check the operation.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

2-2 Camera Picture Faulty


<Hints>
A flow of camera picture (EE) is as below.
CCD MAIN PCB (DIGIC DV VIC4) JACK PCB

<Check Points>
1)

Check of lens reset (SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT P.11)


If no camera picture appears, check if the lens has been reset by means of the service mode. in case of NG, check the lens.

2)

Check of blue back output


If the blue back is confirmed, the signal line subsequent to VIC4 is considered to be OK.

3)

Check of DIGIC DV generation signal (white 100% or color bar) (SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT P.10)
The white 100% or color bar signals are generated by the DIGIC DV on the MAIN PCB in the service mode, if the output of the

4)

white 100% or color bar signal is attained, the signal line subsequent to DIGIC DV is considered to be OK.
Check of CCD output

5)

The CCD output is sampled by IC1001 (TG/CDS/AGC/AD/V-DRIVER). Check the signal.


Check by command particular to camera (SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT P.10)
Check the operation of White balance, AGC, IRIS, etc. in the service mode.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

2-3 Faulty of Playback Picture


<Hints>
In the DV, degradation of picture quality normally appears on the screen as block noise. This is because, if an error occurs exceeding the
ability of the error correction circuit, the block by block information of pictures is not played back properly and thus complemented by
the previous picture information. Normally, such block noise appears on the screen when the error rate has considerably been degraded
due to the degraded tape or the lowered head output, etc. Be sure to check the playback picture quality by the error rate.

<Check Points>
1)

Deterioration of Tape Quality


Check if flaws, kinks, etc. are found on a magnetic face of tape or not, and compare it with the error rate of other unit.

2)

Error Rate (SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT P. 8)


In the service mode, check an error rate of self-recording/LP playback. The specified allowable error rate is 2 10-5.
In case of NG, take the following procedure.
(1) Observe a playback envelope. If it is abnormal, carry out tape-path adjustment.
(2) Run a cleaning tape.
Use the cleaning tape of hard type (DY9-1384-000).

[Playback time]
After replacement of the drum unit 25 seconds
For cleaning
25 seconds per time
* Do not proceed to a playback for 25 seconds or more continuously.
* Limit the total of playback time to five minutes.
* If hard type cleaning tape is used, the tape will be detected to automatically select the cleaning mode.
Therefore, you need not proceed to selection of cleaning mode.
(3) Check the error rate again.
If the error rate is out of the specified range, clean the tape drive parts (posts, drum) using cleaning paper moistened with
alcohol.
* Take care not to damage the head.
* Do not touch the head with bare hand.
(4) Check the error rate again.
If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the tape with a new one and check the error rate again. At this step, use a
tape (must be Panasonic LP tape) which has been purchased at a different time. The error rate may become worse due to
inconsistent quality or aging of the tape.
(5) Check the error rate again.
If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the drum unit.
(6) Check the error rate again.
If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the mechanical unit.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

2-4 Startup Window Setting


If users original data is provided in the start-up screen or in [User Setting] for start-up sound, shutter sound, operation sound and
self-timer sound, the users original data will be eliminated by replacing the MAIN PCB. To avoid this, take the following procedure.

Procedure)
How to save an original data to a PC and write it to the main unit:
(1) In the [My Camera] screen on the Zoom Browser EX, save original image data to a PC.
(2) Replace the MAIN PCB
(3) In the [My Camera] screen, set the original image data saved at step (1) to the camera.
For details, refer to the DIGITAL VIDEO SOFTWARE INSTRUCTION MANUAL - Customizing Your Camcorder with
the MyCamera Settings.

Note)
Only where the USB I/F is available for connection between the PC and main unit, it is allowed to save/write original data using the
Zoom Browser EX.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


SERVICE HINTS

2-5 Short Cut Demonstration Mode


As a function destined to shop salesman, the Image Stabilizer and white LED can easily be turned ON/OFF. Also, firmware version
and mechanism error are displayed.

<Operation procedure>
1. Start up with the tape/camera mode, and take out the cassette and memory card.
2. Set the Program selector to P .
3. While the keeping to hold down the Selector dial and P.AE mode selection screen (Fig. 4) is displayed, press the MENU button
for two seconds or more.

P.AE mode selection screen


Fig. 4
4. Releasing the MENU button displays the short cut demonstration screen (Fig. 5).

Present error data.

Error history data backed up


by LITHIUM 3 V battery.

Short cut demonstration screen


Fig. 5

5. Indication of mechanism error


On this camcorder, a mechanism error code can be indicated (in hexadecimal

High
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0

notation) without having to insert the service cassette.


For a mechanism error code in hexadecimal two-digit representation, binary bit
positions E, B, D, C, S, T, L and D are provided, and 1 is set at each relevant
error bit position (0 is indicated otherwise).
6. Press the MENU button or select CLOSE on the screen to exit.

Low

: TAPE END (E)


: TAPE TOP (B)
: DRUM ERROR (D)
: CAPSTAN ERROR (C)
: S-REEL ERROR (S)
: T- REEL ERROR (T)
: LOADING MOTOR ERROR (L)
: DEW ERROR (D)

PARTS LIST
CONTENTS
EXPLODED VIEWS
Casing Parts Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2
Left Cover Assy Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
Right Cover Unit Section-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6
Right Cover Unit Section-2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8
LCD Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
Rear Cover Assy Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
CVF Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14
Recorder Unit Section ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16
Camera Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 18
Lens Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
Mechanical Chassis Section-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22
Mechanical Chassis Section-2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24
Mechanical Chassis Section-3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26
Mechanical Chassis Section-4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28
Accessory Section-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30
Accessory Section-2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32
FUSE Replacement Instruction ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 34
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35
PARTS LIST --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36

CAUTION
1. Especially critical parts in the power circuit block should not be replaced with other marks.
Critical parts are marked with
in this electrical parts list.
2. For continued protection against risk of fire, replace FU3201, FU3202 only with same TYPE : 494001
1.0A-32V FUSE, and replace FU3203, FU1800 only with same TYPE : 49401.5 1.5A-32V FUSE
MANUFACTURER: LITTELFUSE

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Casing Parts Section


12

CVF Unit

11

Left Cover Unit

10
Camera/Lens/
Recorder Unit

10
5
5

Rear Cover Unit


1
10

52
5
6
5

7
12

Right Cover Unit

13

13

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1
2
3
4

CLASS

QTY

XA4-9170-557
XA1-7170-507
D52-0300-000
DG3-0852-000
DG3-0853-000

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

F
F
B
B
B

3
1
1
1
1

SCREW
SCREW
CAP, LENS
COVER ASSY, FRONT
COVER ASSY, FRONT

DESCRIPTION

DG3-0854-000
DG3-0845-000
XA1-7170-307
DG3-0825-000

000
000
000
000

B
B
F
C

1
1
10
1

DG3-0886-000 000

DH2-5317-000 000

REMARKS

MV850i E
MV830i E,830 E

NEW
NEW
NEW

COVER ASSY, FRONT


COVER ASSY, FORNT
SCREW
PCB ASSY, JACK

MV800 E
MV800i E,790 E

NEW
NEW

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

NEW

PCB ASSY, JACK

NEW

FPC, JACK MAIN

DH2-5322-000 000

FPC, JACK MAIN

MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV850i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV800i E,800 E,

8
9
10
11

DA3-2426-000
DA3-2358-000
XA4-9170-457
DA3-2459-000

000
000
000
000

B
B
F
B

1
1
3
1

PLATE, TOP BADGE


COVER, TOP
SCREW
COVER ASSY, LI

NEW
NEW

12
13

DA3-2365-000 000
XA1-7170-407 000

C
F

1
2

COVER, BLINDFOLD
SCREW

NEW

5
6

NEW
NEW

MV790 E

NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Left Cover Unit Section


1

(2)

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1

CLASS

QTY

DG3-0841-000 000

PART NO.

COVER ASSY, LEFT

DG3-0844-000 000

COVER ASSY, LEFT

DG3-0834-000 000

KEY ASSY, OPERATION

DG3-0846-000 000

KEY ASSY, OPERATION

DA3-2429-000 000
DA3-2446-000 000

B
B

1
1

LABEL, NAME MV850i


LABEL, NAME MV830i

MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV850i E
MV830i E

DA3-2532-000
DA3-2450-000
DA3-2449-000
DA3-2425-000

B
B
B
B

1
1
1
1

LABEL,
LABEL,
LABEL,
LABEL,

MV830 E
MV800i E
MV800 E
MV790 E

000
000
000
000

DESCRIPTION

NAME
NAME
NAME
NAME

MV830
MV800i
MV800
MV790

REMARKS
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV850i E,830i E,

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Right Cover Unit Section-1


1
32

5
9
6
7
10
8

5
11

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

1
2
3
4
5

DH2-5316-000
DG3-0828-000
XA4-9170-407
DA3-2388-000
XA4-9170-557

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

C
C
F
C
F

1
1
2
1
2

FPC, R KEY 2
PCB ASSY, R KEY 2
SCREW
SCREW, MACH, PAN HEAD
SCREW

DESCRIPTION

6
7
8
9
10

DF1-5087-000
DA3-2362-000
DG3-0832-000
WR1-5090-000
XA1-7170-257

000
000
000
000
000

C
B
B
C
F

1
1
1
1
1

CASSETTE LOCK ASSY


BASE, TRIPOD
SWITCH OPEN
SPEAKER
SCREW

11

DA3-2384-000 000

LABEL CAUTION

DA3-2377-000 000

LABEL CAUTION

REMARKS
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E,830i E,
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV830 E

NEW

NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Right Cover Unit Section-2


13

5
6

2
3

12

*1
4
12

7
A

8
9

13

10

11

LCD Unit

*1 : MV850i E,830i E,830 E Only

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

000
000
000
000

F
C
C
C

5
1
1
1

SCREW
HOLDER, R KEY 1 FPC
FPC ASSY, R KEY 1
HOLDER, PANEL LOCK

DA3-2387-000 000

HOLDER, PANEL LOCK

5
6
7

DA3-2372-000 000
DA3-2374-000 000
XA4-9170-557 000

C
B
F

1
1
1

SPRING, PANEL LOCK


HOOK, PANEL
SCREW

DA3-2361-000 000

KNOB, KEY RD

DA3-2382-000 000

KNOB, KEY RD

DA3-2474-000 000

COVER, RH

10

DY1-8770-000
DY1-8771-000
DY1-8808-000
DY1-8775-000
DY1-8774-000

000
000
000
000
000

B
B
B
B
B

1
1
1
1
1

COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER

11
12

DA3-2364-000 000
DA3-2375-000 000

B
C

1
1

KNOB, C EJECT
SHAFT, CARD LID

13

DA3-2359-000 000

LID, CARD

1
2
3
4

PART NO.
XA4-9170-407
DA3-2376-000
DG3-0833-000
DA3-2373-000

DESCRIPTION

ASSY,
ASSY,
ASSY,
ASSY,
ASSY,

REMARKS

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW
NEW
NEW

RIGHT
RIGHT
RIGHT
RIGHT
RIGHT

MV850i E
MV830i E
MV830 E
MV800i E
MV800 E,790 E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

LCD Unit Section


12

11
9
13

10

84
92

4
12
1
2

10

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

XA1-7170-357
DA3-2479-000
DA3-2481-000
DA3-2506-000
DA3-2485-000

000
000
000
000
000

F
B
B
B
B

3
1
1
1
1

SCREW
COVER,
COVER,
COVER,
COVER,

3
4
5

DA3-2484-000
DA3-2486-000
DG3-0827-000
DG3-0839-000
DY1-8796-000

000
000
000
000
000

B
B
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

COVER, LCD TOP


COVER, LCD TOP
PCB ASSY, LCD
BACK LIGHT ASSY
LCD, SELECTION

6
7
8
9

WG2-5275-000
DA3-2471-000
DA3-2472-000
DA3-2511-000
XA1-7170-257

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
B
C
F

1
1
1
4
3

LCD
HOLDER, LCD
COVER, LCD BOTTOM
SHEET, LCD COVER
SCREW

DA3-2476-000 000

COVER, HINGE TOP

DA3-2487-000 000

COVER, HINGE TOP

11

DG3-0837-000 000

HINGE ASSY, LCD

NEW

12
13

DA3-2475-000 000
DG3-0838-000 000

B
C

1
1

COVER, HINGE BOTTOM


FPC ASSY, LCD

NEW
NEW

1
2

*1
*2

10

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION
LCD
LCD
LCD
LCD

TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP

*1 : Free from the pixel dot.


*2 : Same quality as the production line.

11

REMARKS
MV850i E
MV830i E
MV830 E
MV800i E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV800 E
MV790 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Rear Cover Unit Section


1

(2)

*1
(3)

*1 : MV850i E,830i E,830 E Only

12

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1

CLASS

QTY

DG3-0847-000 000

PART NO.

COVER ASSY, REAR

DESCRIPTION

DG3-0848-000 000

COVER ASSY, REAR

DG3-0826-000 000

PCB ASSY, LI

DG3-0887-000 000

PCB ASSY, LI

DY1-8754-000 000

PCB ASSY, DC

13

REMARKS
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

CVF Unit Section


10
9

4
8
6

5
1

18

19
17
16

15
14
13

2
3
11

14

12

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

DA3-2493-000 000

COVER, CVF

DA3-2503-000 000

COVER, CVF

DA3-2496-000 000

SPRING, CVF CLICK

NEW

3
4
5
6
7

XA4-9170-407
DH2-5321-000
DG3-0829-000
DA3-2495-000
DA3-2497-000

000
000
000
000
000

F
C
C
C
C

2
1
1
1
1

SCREW
FPC, CVF
PCB ASSY, CVF
REFRECTOR, CVF
DIFFUSER, CVF

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

8
9
10
11
12

DA3-2494-000
WG2-5241-000
DA3-2501-000
DA3-2491-000
DA3-2500-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
B
B

1
1
1
1
1

CUSHION, CVF LCD


LCD, CVF
PLATE, MASK
COVER, CVF INNER B
COVER, CVF DUST

NEW

13
14
15
16
17

DA3-2492-000
YN1-3551-000
DA3-2490-000
DA3-2499-000
DA3-2498-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
B
C

1
1
1
1
1

HOLDER, CVF LENS


LENS, EYEPIECE
EYECUP, CVF INNER
KNOB, DIOPTER
ABSORBER, CVF KNOB

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

18
19

DA3-2504-000 000
DA3-2543-000 000

B
C

1
1

COVER, CVF GAP


TAPE, CVF CU

NEW
NEW

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

15

REMARKS
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW
NEW

NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Recorder Unit Section


Camera/Lens/Unit
1

*1

5
4

93
10

3
4

113

12

13

14

15

14

*1 : MV850i E,830i E,830 E Only

16

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
F
C
C

1
1
2
3
1

RECORDER UNIT, DMC III DY1-8609-000


LABEL, S CHASSIS
SCREW
ABSORBER, LENS
SHIELD, CCD

NEW
NEW

6
7
8

DA3-0732-000 000
DA3-2346-000 000
DA3-2470-000 000

C
B
C

1
1
1

SHEET NYLON
HOLDER, MAIN
TAPE, OPERATION KEY FPC

NEW
NEW

DA3-0941-000 000

RUBBER, INSULATION

DA2-0314-000
XA9-1167-000
DA3-0161-000
DY1-8759-000
DY1-8763-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
F
C
C
C

1
3
1
1
1

SPRING, PLATE
SCREW
CASE, SHIELD HA
PCB ASSY, MAIN
PCB ASSY, MAIN

DY1-8809-000
DY1-8769-000
DY1-8767-000
XA1-7170-307
DA3-2349-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
F
C

1
1
1
2
1

PCB ASSY, MAIN


PCB ASSY, MAIN
PCB ASSY, MAIN
SCREW
SHIELD, PM

AD-1564E 1
2
3
4
5

10
11
12
13

14
15

PART NO.
DG1-4515-000
DA1-9903-000
DA3-1026-000
DA3-2348-000
DA3-2350-000

DESCRIPTION

17

REMARKS

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

MV850i E
MV830i E,830 E

NEW
NEW

MV830 E
MV800i E
MV800 E,790 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Camera Unit Section


8
5
62
4

3
2
7

Lens Unit

18

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

1
2
3
4
5

DA2-1641-000
DH9-0851-000
DA3-1028-000
DY1-8756-000
DG3-0824-000

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

RUBBER, INSULATION
FILTER, IR
RUBBER, CCD
CCD ASSY
PCB ASSY, CCD

DESCRIPTION

NEW
NEW

6
7
8

XA4-9170-557 000
DH2-5313-000 000
DA3-2352-000 000

F
C
C

2
1
2

SCREW
FPC, CCD
TAPE, CCD FPC

NEW
NEW

19

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Lens Unit Section


3
(1)
(2)
(1)

(1)
(1)2

(1)

20

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1
2
3

PART NO.
XA4-9170-407 000
YH8-2030-000 000
DG3-1172-000 000

CLASS

QTY

F
C
C

6
1
1

DESCRIPTION
SCREW
IG METER ASSY
LENS ASSY

21

REMARKS
NEW
NEW

DMC III
PARTS LIST

Mechanical Chassis Section-1


1

3
9

(10)

33

5
7

22

DMC III
PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

DESCRIPTION

1
2
3
4
5

DG1-4506-000
XA1-7140-147
DA2-2138-000
DY1-8500-000
DA2-2139-000

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

B
C
C
E
C

1
1
4
1
1

COMPARTMENT ASSY, CASSETTE


SCREW
SCREW
DRUM ASSY
WASHER

6
7
8
9
10

DF1-1703-000
DA2-2116-000
DA2-2115-000
DY1-8501-000
DA3-2130-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
B
C

1
1
1
1
1

IDLER ASSY
SPRING, COIL (DRUM)
SCREW
CHASSIS ASSY, SLIDE
COVER, HOUSING

23

REMARKS

DMC III
PARTS LIST

Mechanical Chassis Section-2


1
3

4
9
5
6

11

10

7
8
12
6
13

24

DMC III
PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

1
2
3
4
5

DA2-0645-000
DG1-4504-000
DS1-0193-000
DF1-1693-000
DF1-1694-000

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

2
1
1
1
1

WASHER
REEL ASSY, S
SPRING, COIL (TENSION)
BRAKE ASSY, TENSION
RELEASE ASSY, TENSION

DESCRIPTION

6
7
8
9
10

DA2-2139-000
DF1-1704-000
DS1-0199-000
DG1-4505-000
DA2-2220-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

2
1
1
1
1

WASHER
BRAKE ASSY, S
SPRING, COIL (S BRAKE)
REEL ASSY, T
LEVER, EJECT

11
12
13

DA2-2238-000 000
DS1-0198-000 000
DF1-1695-000 000

C
C
C

1
1
1

BRAKE, MAIN T
SPRING, COIL (T BRAKE)
REVIEW ARM ASSY

25

REMARKS

DMC III
PARTS LIST

Mechanical Chassis Section-3


1

22

(5)
(4)

(6)
23
9
(14)

22
(7)

11
12

13

2
10

26

DMC III
PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

1
2
3
4
5

DG1-4502-000
DA2-2261-000
DG1-4497-010
DF1-1687-000
DF1-1688-000

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
8
1
1
1

MOTOR ASSY, LOADING


SCREW
GUIDE RAIL ASSY
ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE S
ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE T

DESCRIPTION

6
7
8
9
10

DA2-0780-000
DF1-1686-000
DA2-2259-000
DG1-4503-000
XA1-7140-147

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

SCREW
DRUM BASE ASSY
SCREW
MOTOR ASSY, CAPSTAN
SCREW

11
12
13
14

DG1-4500-000
DA2-2139-000
DS1-0192-000
DA2-2128-010

000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1

ROLLER ASSY, PINCH


WASHER
SPRING, COIL (PINCH)
GEAR, LOADING S

27

REMARKS

DMC III
PARTS LIST

Mechanical Chassis Section-4


1
3

8
4
9
5
2

11

10

28

DMC III
PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

1
2
3
4
5

DA2-2191-010
XA1-7140-147
DA2-2196-000
DA2-2197-000
DA2-2190-000

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

LEVER, CAM
SCREW
BELT, TIMING
GEAR, PULLEY
GEAR, CONNECT

DESCRIPTION

6
7
8
9
10

DA2-2140-000
DA2-2188-000
DA2-2139-000
DA2-2195-000
DG1-4501-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

WASHER
GEAR, WHEEL
WASHER
GEAR, CAPSTAN
CHASSIS ASSY, MAIN

11

DA2-2192-000 000

GUIDE, TENSION CAM

29

REMARKS

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Accessory Section-1
CG-570
N.S. (Product available)

CA-570S/CA-570

N.S. (Product available)

CB-570
N.S. (Product available)
CG-580
N.S. (Product available)

JAPAN
USA
EUROPE
AUSTRALIA
PLUG TYPE

CHINA

N.S.
N.S. (Product available)
(Commercially available.Make copy
WL-D85(E)
sample pictures if necessary.)
NB-2L/NB-2LH
BP-2L12/BP-2L14
SDC-8M

(5)

3
MV850i E,830i E,830 E
ONLY

30

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

DY1-8531-000
D82-0643-000
D82-0645-001
WT3-5087-000
CD1-4054-010

000
000
000
000
000

C
B
B
B
C

1
1
1
1
1

CORD, DC (CA-570)
CABLE, AC, EUROPE
CABLE, AC, AUSTRALIA
CABLE, AC, CHINA
COVER, TERMINAL NB-2L

D83-0712-000 000

WIRELESS CONTROLLER, WL-D85(E)

DY1-8777-000 000

HOLDER, LITHIUM BATTERY

1
2

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

31

REMARKS
FOR EUROPE
FOR AUSTRALIA
FOR CHINA
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

Accessory Section-2
N.S. (Product available)
FS-28

WIDE ATTACHMENT

MV850i E ONLY

N.S. (Product available)

N.S. (Product available)


TL-28

WD-28
3

IFC-300PCU
N.S. (Product available)
4

SS-900

32

PC-A10

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

MECHANICAL PARTS
SYMBOL
1
2
3
4

PART NO.
D55-0270-000
DA1-5765-000
DY1-8445-000
D81-1470-000

000
000
000
000

CLASS

QTY

B
C
C
B

1
1
1
1

DESCRIPTION
WIDE ATTACHMENT(LENS)
CAP, FRONT
CAP, REAR
STRAP, SHOULDER SS-900

33

REMARKS
MV850i E

NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

FUSE Replacement Instruction


CAUTION - FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE, REPLACE FU3201, FU3202
ONLY WITH SAME TYPE : 494001 1.0A-32V FUSE, AND REPLACE FU3203, FU1800
ONLY WITH SAME TYPE : 49401.5 1.5A-32V FUSE MANUFACTURER: LITTELFUSE.

MAIN PCB
FU3201
FU3202
IC300
IC301
IC1200

IC100

IC3203
IC801

34

FU1800
FU3203

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

ELECTRICAL PARTS
SYMBOL

CLASS

QTY

D82-0514-000 000

ADAPTER, SCART PC-A10

MAIN PCB
CN100
CN100
CN2101

VS1-7451-023 000
VS1-7457-008 000
VS1-7451-033 000

C
C
C

1
1
1

CONNECTOR, 23P
CONNECTOR, 8P
CONNECTOR, 33P

MV850i E,830i E,830 E


MV800i E,800 E,790 E
MV850i E,830i E,830 E

NEW
NEW
NEW

VS1-7451-023
VS1-7451-021
VD7-2241-501
VD7-2241-001
VD7-2241-001

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

CONNECTOR, 23P
CONNECTOR, 21P
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE

MV800i E,800 E,790 E

NEW

FU3203
JACK PCB
CN1
CN1
CN3

VD7-2241-501 000

FUSE

VS1-7451-023 000
VS1-7451-033 000
WS1-6581-000 000

C
C
C

1
1
1

CONNECTOR, 23P
CONNECTOR, 33P
JACK, A/V

MV800i E,800 E,790 E


MV850i E,830i E,830 E

NEW
NEW

CN4
CN5
SW1

WS3-5976-000 000
WS1-6296-000 000
WC4-5222-000 000

C
C
C

1
1
1

JACK, DV
JACK, USB
SWITCH DETECT

MV850i E,830i E,830 E

NEW
NEW

CN100
CN101

VS1-7451-027 000
VS1-7451-033 000

C
C

1
1

CONNECTOR, 27P
CONNECTOR, 33P

NEW
NEW

LCD PCB
CN901

VS1-7494-025 000

CONNECTOR, 25P

NEW

CVF PCB
CN4101

VS1-7451-023 000

CONNECTOR, 23P

NEW

CN2101
CN303
FU1800
FU3201
FU3202

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARKS

R-KEY PCB

35

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

PARTS LIST
PAGE

CLASS

QTY

31
3
33
33
33

CD1-4054-010
D52-0300-000
D55-0270-000
D81-1470-000
D82-0514-000

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

C
B
B
B
B

1
1
1
1
1

COVER, TERMINAL NB-2L


CAP, LENS
WIDE ATTACHMENT(LENS)
STRAP, SHOULDER SS-900
ADAPTER, SCART PC-A10

31
31
31

D82-0643-000 000
D82-0645-001 000
D83-0712-000 000

B
B
B

1
1
1

CABLE, AC, EUROPE


CABLE, AC, AUSTRALIA
WIRELESS CONTROLLER, WL-D85(E)

33

DA1-5765-000 000

CAP, FRONT

17
17
25
27
19

DA1-9903-000
DA2-0314-000
DA2-0645-000
DA2-0780-000
DA2-1641-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
2
1
1

LABEL, S CHASSIS
SPRING, PLATE
WASHER
SCREW
RUBBER, INSULATION

DA2-2115-000
DA2-2116-000
DA2-2128-010
DA2-2138-000
DA2-2139-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
4
5

SCREW
SPRING, COIL (DRUM)
GEAR, LOADING S
SCREW
WASHER

29
29
29
29
29

DA2-2140-000
DA2-2188-000
DA2-2190-000
DA2-2191-010
DA2-2192-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

WASHER
GEAR, WHEEL
GEAR, CONNECT
LEVER, CAM
GUIDE, TENSION CAM

29
29
29
25
25

DA2-2195-000
DA2-2196-000
DA2-2197-000
DA2-2220-000
DA2-2238-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

GEAR, CAPSTAN
BELT, TIMING
GEAR, PULLEY
LEVER, EJECT
BRAKE, MAIN T

27
27
17
17
17

DA2-2259-000
DA2-2261-000
DA3-0161-000
DA3-0732-000
DA3-0941-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
8
1
1
3

SCREW
SCREW
CASE, SHIELD HA
SHEET NYLON
RUBBER, INSULATION

17
19
23
17
17

DA3-1026-000
DA3-1028-000
DA3-2130-000
DA3-2346-000
DA3-2348-000

000
000
000
000
000

F
C
C
B
C

2
1
1
1
3

SCREW
RUBBER, CCD
COVER, HOUSING
HOLDER, MAIN
ABSORBER, LENS

NEW
NEW

17
17
19
3
9

DA3-2349-000
DA3-2350-000
DA3-2352-000
DA3-2358-000
DA3-2359-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
B
B

1
1
2
1
1

SHIELD, PM
SHIELD, CCD
TAPE, CCD FPC
COVER, TOP
LID, CARD

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

DA3-2361-000 000

KNOB, KEY RD

7
9

DA3-2362-000 000
DA3-2364-000 000

B
B

1
1

BASE, TRIPOD
KNOB, C EJECT

NEW
NEW

3
9
9

DA3-2365-000 000
DA3-2372-000 000
DA3-2373-000 000

C
C
C

1
1
1

COVER, BLINDFOLD
SPRING, PANEL LOCK
HOLDER, PANEL LOCK

NEW
NEW
NEW

DA3-2374-000 000

HOOK, PANEL

DA3-2375-000 000

SHAFT, CARD LID

9
7
9

DA3-2376-000 000
DA3-2377-000 000
DA3-2382-000 000

C
B
B

1
1
1

HOLDER, R KEY 1 FPC


LABEL CAUTION
KNOB, KEY RD

23
23
27
23
23,25,27,29

DESCRIPTION

36

REMARKS

MV850i E

FOR EUROPE
FOR AUSTRALIA
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

NEW
NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

PARTS LIST
PAGE

CLASS

QTY

DA3-2384-000 000

PART NO.

LABEL CAUTION

DESCRIPTION

DA3-2387-000 000

HOLDER, PANEL LOCK

7
5
3
5
5

DA3-2388-000
DA3-2425-000
DA3-2426-000
DA3-2429-000
DA3-2446-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
B
B
B
B

1
1
1
1
1

SCREW,
LABEL,
PLATE,
LABEL,
LABEL,

5
5
3
17

DA3-2449-000
DA3-2450-000
DA3-2459-000
DA3-2470-000

000
000
000
000

B
B
B
C

1
1
1
1

LABEL, NAME MV800


LABEL, NAME MV800i
COVER ASSY, LI
TAPE, OPERATION KEY FPC

11
11
9
11
11

DA3-2471-000
DA3-2472-000
DA3-2474-000
DA3-2475-000
DA3-2476-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
B
B
B
B

1
1
1
1
1

HOLDER, LCD
COVER, LCD BOTTOM
COVER, RH
COVER, HINGE BOTTOM
COVER, HINGE TOP

MV850i E,830i E,

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

11
11
11
11

DA3-2479-000
DA3-2481-000
DA3-2484-000
DA3-2485-000

000
000
000
000

B
B
B
B

1
1
1
1

COVER,
COVER,
COVER,
COVER,

MV830 E
MV850i E
MV830i E
MV800 E
MV800i E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

11
11

DA3-2486-000 000
DA3-2487-000 000

B
B

1
1

COVER, LCD TOP


COVER, HINGE TOP

15
15

DA3-2490-000 000
DA3-2491-000 000

C
B

1
1

EYECUP, CVF INNER


COVER, CVF INNER B

15
15

DA3-2492-000 000
DA3-2493-000 000

C
B

1
1

HOLDER, CVF LENS


COVER, CVF

15
15

DA3-2494-000 000
DA3-2495-000 000

C
C

1
1

CUSHION, CVF LCD


REFRECTOR, CVF

NEW
NEW

15
15
15
15
15

DA3-2496-000
DA3-2497-000
DA3-2498-000
DA3-2499-000
DA3-2500-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
B
B

1
1
1
1
1

SPRING, CVF CLICK


DIFFUSER, CVF
ABSORBER, CVF KNOB
KNOB, DIOPTER
COVER, CVF DUST

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

15
15

DA3-2501-000 000
DA3-2503-000 000

C
B

1
1

PLATE, MASK
COVER, CVF

15
11

DA3-2504-000 000
DA3-2506-000 000

B
B

1
1

COVER, CVF GAP


COVER, LCD TOP

11
5
15
27
27

DA3-2511-000
DA3-2532-000
DA3-2543-000
DF1-1686-000
DF1-1687-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
B
C
C
C

4
1
1
1
1

SHEET, LCD COVER


LABEL, NAME MV830
TAPE, CVF CU
DRUM BASE ASSY
ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE S

27
25
25
25
23

DF1-1688-000
DF1-1693-000
DF1-1694-000
DF1-1695-000
DF1-1703-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE T


BRAKE ASSY, TENSION
RELEASE ASSY, TENSION
REVIEW ARM ASSY
IDLER ASSY

25
7
27
27
29

DF1-1704-000
DF1-5087-000
DG1-4497-010
DG1-4500-000
DG1-4501-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

BRAKE ASSY, S
CASSETTE LOCK ASSY
GUIDE RAIL ASSY
ROLLER ASSY, PINCH
CHASSIS ASSY, MAIN

37

MACH, PAN HEAD


NAME MV790
TOP BADGE
NAME MV850i
NAME MV830i

LCD
LCD
LCD
LCD

TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP

REMARKS
MV850i E,830i E,
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV790 E
MV850i E
MV830i E
MV800 E
MV800i E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

MV790 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV830 E
MV830 E

NEW
NEW

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

PARTS LIST
PAGE

CLASS

QTY

DESCRIPTION

27
27
25
25
23

DG1-4502-000
DG1-4503-000
DG1-4504-000
DG1-4505-000
DG1-4506-000

PART NO.
000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
B

1
1
1
1
1

MOTOR ASSY, LOADING


MOTOR ASSY, CAPSTAN
REEL ASSY, S
REEL ASSY, T
COMPARTMENT ASSY, CASSETTE

REMARKS

17
19
3

DG1-4515-000 000
DG3-0824-000 000
DG3-0825-000 000

C
C
C

1
1
1

RECORDER UNIT, DMC III


PCB ASSY, CCD
PCB ASSY, JACK

13

DG3-0826-000 000

PCB ASSY, LI

11
7
15
7

DG3-0827-000
DG3-0828-000
DG3-0829-000
DG3-0832-000

000
000
000
000

C
C
C
B

1
1
1
1

PCB ASSY, LCD


PCB ASSY, R KEY 2
PCB ASSY, CVF
SWITCH OPEN

9
5

DG3-0833-000 000
DG3-0834-000 000

C
B

1
1

FPC ASSY, R KEY 1


KEY ASSY, OPERATION

11
11

DG3-0837-000 000
DG3-0838-000 000

C
C

1
1

HINGE ASSY, LCD


FPC ASSY, LCD

11
5

DG3-0839-000 000
DG3-0841-000 000

C
B

1
1

BACK LIGHT ASSY


COVER ASSY, LEFT

DG3-0844-000 000

COVER ASSY, LEFT

3
5

DG3-0845-000 000
DG3-0846-000 000

B
B

1
1

COVER ASSY, FORNT


KEY ASSY, OPERATION

13

DG3-0847-000 000

COVER ASSY, REAR

13

DG3-0848-000 000

COVER ASSY, REAR

3
3
3

DG3-0852-000 000
DG3-0853-000 000
DG3-0854-000 000

B
B
B

1
1
1

COVER ASSY, FRONT


COVER ASSY, FRONT
COVER ASSY, FRONT

DG3-0886-000 000

PCB ASSY, JACK

13

DG3-0887-000 000

PCB ASSY, LI

21

DG3-1172-000 000

LENS ASSY

NEW

19
7
3

DH2-5313-000 000
DH2-5316-000 000
DH2-5317-000 000

C
C
C

1
1
1

FPC, CCD
FPC, R KEY 2
FPC, JACK MAIN

NEW
NEW
NEW

15

DH2-5321-000 000

FPC, CVF

DH2-5322-000 000

FPC, JACK MAIN

19
27
25

DH9-0851-000 000
DS1-0192-000 000
DS1-0193-000 000

C
C
C

1
1
1

FILTER, IR
SPRING, COIL (PINCH)
SPRING, COIL (TENSION)

25
25
33
23
23

DS1-0198-000
DS1-0199-000
DY1-8445-000
DY1-8500-000
DY1-8501-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
E
B

1
1
1
1
1

SPRING, COIL (T BRAKE)


SPRING, COIL (S BRAKE)
CAP, REAR
DRUM ASSY
CHASSIS ASSY, SLIDE

31
13
19
17
17

DY1-8531-000
DY1-8754-000
DY1-8756-000
DY1-8759-000
DY1-8763-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1
1

CORD, DC (CA-570)
PCB ASSY, DC
CCD ASSY
PCB ASSY, MAIN
PCB ASSY, MAIN

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV850i E,830i E,

NEW
NEW
NEW

MV830 E

38

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV800i E,790 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV850i E
MV830i E,830 E
MV800 E

NEW

MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW

MV850i E,800 E,
MV790 E

NEW
NEW
NEW

NEW

NEW
MV800i E,800 E,
MV790 E

MV850i E
MV830i E,830 E

NEW

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E


PARTS LIST

PARTS LIST
PAGE

CLASS

QTY

17
17
9
9
9

DY1-8767-000
DY1-8769-000
DY1-8770-000
DY1-8771-000
DY1-8774-000

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
B
B
B

1
1
1
1
1

PCB ASSY, MAIN


PCB ASSY, MAIN
COVER ASSY, RIGHT
COVER ASSY, RIGHT
COVER ASSY, RIGHT

MV800 E,790 E
MV800i E
MV850i E
MV830i E
MV800 E,790 E

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

9
31

DY1-8775-000 000
DY1-8777-000 000

B
C

1
1

COVER ASSY, RIGHT


HOLDER, LITHIUM BATTERY

MV800i E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

NEW
NEW

11
9

DY1-8796-000 000
DY1-8808-000 000

C
B

1
1

LCD, SELECTION
COVER ASSY, RIGHT

17

DY1-8809-000
VD7-2241-001
VD7-2241-501
VS1-7451-021
VS1-7451-023

000
000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C
C

1
2
2
1
4

PCB ASSY, MAIN


FUSE
FUSE
CONNECTOR, 21P
CONNECTOR, 23P

VS1-7451-027 000
VS1-7451-033 000

C
C

1
3

CONNECTOR, 27P
CONNECTOR, 33P

VS1-7457-008 000

CONNECTOR, 8P

VS1-7494-025
WC4-5222-000
WG2-5241-000
WG2-5275-000

000
000
000
000

C
C
C
C

1
1
1
1

CONNECTOR, 25P
SWITCH DETECT
LCD, CVF
LCD

WR1-5090-000 000
WS1-6296-000 000

C
C

1
1

SPEAKER
JACK, USB

WS1-6581-000 000
WS3-5976-000 000

C
C

1
1

JACK, A/V
JACK, DV

31
23,27,29
7,11
3,17
11

WT3-5087-000
XA1-7140-147
XA1-7170-257
XA1-7170-307
XA1-7170-357

000
000
000
000
000

B
C
F
F
F

1
3
4
12
3

CABLE, AC, CHINA


SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW

3
3
7,9,15,21
3
3,7,9,19

XA1-7170-407
XA1-7170-507
XA4-9170-407
XA4-9170-457
XA4-9170-557

000
000
000
000
000

F
F
F
F
F

2
1
15
3
8

SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW

XA9-1167-000 000
YH8-2030-000 000
YN1-3551-000 000

F
C
C

3
1
1

SCREW
IG METER ASSY
LENS, EYEPIECE

*1

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARKS

MV830 E

NEW
NEW

MV830 E

NEW

MV850i E,830i E,

NEW

MV830 E
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E
MV800i E,800 E,

NEW
NEW
NEW

MV790 E

*2

15
11
7

17
21
15

39

NEW

NEW
MV850i E,830i E,
MV830 E

NEW

NEW
FOR CHINA

NEW
NEW

BLOCK DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
CAMERA SECTION-1
CAMERA SECTION-2
CAMERA SECTION-3
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION
SERVO SECTION
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2
POWER SUPPLY SECTION
LCD PCB SECTION
JACK SECTION

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
LENS
UNIT

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E


CVF PCB

23

R KEY 1 FPC

ZOOM SENS
ZOOM MOTOR

LCD

22 2
CN4101

CCD PCB

TEMP SENS

LCD UNIT

CN1070
1

1 CN1070

CN4102

23P

18

22
22P

22P

5P

18P

CN103
1

FOCUS MOTOR

5P

LCD

FOCUS SENS
IG METER

32 33
33P

CN101
27P

1 2
CN100

RKEY2 PCB

OPERATION KEY ASS'Y

27 26

OPEN SWITCH

23P

ZR100 A
MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E
Only

40P

LI PCB
MAIN PCB

JACK PCB

SPEAKER

CN101

1 2
CN2101

22 23
CN1

27P

23 22
23P

23P

BACK LIGHT

2 1

8
CN100

HINGE UNIT

1
CN11

8P

8P

25P

CN3201
CN701

DMC III

( DIGITAL MECHANICAL CHASSIS III )

SLIDE
CHASSIS

MAIN
CHASSIS
22P

DRUM
MOTOR

18P

VIDEO
HEAD

11P

40P

LOADING
MOTOR

7P

WP4202

10P

LCD PCB
5P

IC4201

FRONT ASS'Y

40

CN902

23 CN1501 1
22

JACK PCB

22P

21P

18P

11P

18P

7P

23P

24 25

10P
25P

AV JACK

21 CN303 1
22
2

CN3

18

IC1601

11

IC1002 18 CN1001

IC2000
1

SD CARD
31P

33 32
IC301
33P

CN10

IC100

DC PCB

IC1103
1

31 30

IC1200

33P

2 1
CN2

A15

A1
CN103

5P

B1

5
IC2300

CN3212

B15

IC3201
22 23

IC2302
IC2301

CN100
IC3203
IC801

5P

A1

1
CN701

2 1

B1

4P

CN2900
A15

B15

23P

1
CN3202
5

23P

DC JACK

1 2
CN11

Metal contact (Pins' face down)

Metal contact (Pins' face up)


:

IC3202

4P

10P

CN102

IC1001

WP4201

1
32 33
CN1

CN5

10
CN101

21

IC300

CN901

CN301
1
10

CN4

IC1602

USB JACK

CN1200

1 2
CN2101

DV JACK

20

IC1102

CN300

CN302

LI PCB

CN2000
7
1

MAIN PCB

CN3201

23 22

5P
3P

3P

1
3

Metal contact

Metal contact

REAR COVER UNIT


Note) The CN10 of LI PCB is not mounted in ZR100 A, MV800i E, MV800E and MV790E.

01

Jan. 2005

CANON INC. 2005

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E


MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
MAIN PCB
CN100
1 LI 3V
2 DIAL CCW
3 DIAL CW
4 KEY AD3
5 PAE GRN
6 VTR UNREG
7 CARD ACC CHA LED
8 DVDD2.7V
9 CARD DET
10 CARD PRO
11 CARD CMD
12 GND
13 CARD DAT1
14 GND
15 CARD DAT
16 GND
17 CARD SCK
18 GND
19 CARD DAT3
20 GND
21 CARD DAT2
22 GND
23 GND
CN101
1 VTR PW SW
2 CAM PW SW
3 GND
4 START/STOP SW
5 TAPE/CARD SW
6 GND
7 ZOOM AD
8 CK 3V
9 PHOTO SW
10 HALF PHOTO SW
CN102
1 KEY AD0
2 KEY AD1
3 KEY AD2
4 SP2 +
5 SP1
6 PNL OP SW
7 PNL B/T SW
8 LCD ON
9 DAC LCD COM
10 LCD VCOM
11 LCD R
12 LCD G
13 LCD B
14 GND
15 GND
16 LCD2.7V
17 LCD2.7V
18 VIC HD
19 VIC VD
20 POL(A FRP)
21 DE
22 LCD CS
23 LCD EEP SOUT
24 LCD EEP SCK
25 BL CTRL
26 BL ON
27 VTR UNREG
28 VTR UNREG
29 N.C
30 MO GND
31 MO GND
CN103
A1 MODE RESET
A2 EPM
A3 CE
A4 CNVSS
A5 N.C
A6 DEBCLK
A7 GND
A8 DEBUD
A9 GND
A10 DEBDD
A11 GND
A12 XDEBEN
A13 GND
A14 GND
A15 E3V+LI3V
B1 GND
B2 FLASH CLK
B3 FLASH RST
B4 FLASH RXD1
B5 FLASH TXD1
B6 N.C
B7 DVDD3V
B8 CG CS
B9 EEP/CG CLK
B10 EEP/CG SO
B11 DOT CLK
B12 OSD I0
B13 OSD I1
B14 VIC HD
B15 VIC VD
CN300
1 U
2 U
3 V
4 V
5 DFG
6 DPG
7 SENS COM
8 SENS GARD
9 COIL COM
10 W
11 W
CN301
1 LOAD(+)
2 LOAD(+)
3 MSW VSS
4 MSW VCC
5 MSW SENS
6 LOAD()
7 LOAD()
8 DEW +
9 DEW
10 N.C

MAIN PCB
CN302
1 UCOIL
2 UCOIL
3 WCOIL
4 WCOIL
5 VCOIL
6 VCOIL
7 CH
8 W
9 W+
10 C H +
11 U +
12 U
13 V +
14 V
15 CFG2
16 CFG GND
17 CFG VCC
18 CFG1
CN303
1 BOT E
2 BOT C
3 MIC GND
4 MIC3
5 REC PRF
6 MIC2
7 MIC1
8 TIN
9 TOUT
10 TIN +
11 TOUT +
12 C IN
13 CIN GND
14 LED A
15 LED K
16 SIN
17 SOUT
18 SIN +
19 SOUT +
20 EOT E
21 EOT C
CN701
1 INT MIC GND R
2 INT MIC R
3 INT MIC GND L
4 INT MIC L
CN1001
1 GND
2 CCD OUT
3 GND
4 V1
5 V2
6 V3
7 V4
8 VSUB
9 GND
10 CCD VH 15V
11 CCD VL 7.5V
12 GND
13 H2
14 GND
15 H1
16 GND
17 RESET
18 GND
CN1200
1 ZOOM LED
2 ZOOM SENS
3 FOCUS LED
4 FOCUS SENS
5 FOCUS VCC
6 DRIVE ()
7 DRIVE (+)
8 HALL IN(+)
9 HALL OUT(+)
10 HALL IN()
11 HALL OUT()
12 TEMP
13 TEMP 2.7V
14 ZOOMA
15 ZOOM A
16 ZOOM B
17 ZOOMB
18 FOCUS B
19 FOCUSB
20 FOCUSA
21 FOCUS A
CN1501
1 VSS
2 XSTH
3 STH
4 CKH1
5 CKH2
6 VDD
7 G
8 R
9 B
10 BL2.7V
11 DSG
12 XDSG
13 DSD
14 VBB
15 ENB
16 XENB
17 XSTV
18 STV
19 CKV2
20 CKV1
21 COM
22 P5V
23 P5V
CN2000
1 HA GND
2 H1A
3 H1B
4 HA GND
5 H2A
6 H2B
7 HA GND

MAIN PCB
CN2101
1 AV GND
2 AV GND
3 V I/O/HP R
4 AV GND
5 AV DET
6 AV L/HP L
7 AV R
8 AV GND
9 EJECT SW
10 AVDD2.7V
11 P GY OUT
12 GY GND
13 Y GY OUT
14 GND
15 GND
16 TPA
17 XTPA
18 GND
19 TPB
20 XTPB
21 GND
22 GND
23 VBUS
24 GND
25 D
26 D +
27 GND
28 GND
29 CAM LED
30 P5V
31 RMC IN
32 GND
33 GND
CN2900
A1 V I/O
A2 GND
A3 VTR POW SW
A4 RMC IN
A5 CAM POW SW
A6 FCH O
A7 TCK
A8 SWP
A9 GND
A10 PBRF
A11 EVF R
A12 EVF G
A13 LCD G
A14 LCD R
A15 FCH 1
B1 EVF HD
B2 MODE RESET
B3 VTR ON IC3201
B4 VTR UNREG
B5 MIC2
B6 MIC3
B7 TRST
B8 TMS
B9 TDI
B10 TDO
B11 EVF COM
B12 EVF B
B13 LCD B
B14 DAC LCD COM
B15 LCD VCOM
CN3201
1 DC
2 DC +
3 DC J SW
CN3202
1 BATT
2 BATT
3 BATT INFO AD
4 BATT +
5 BATT +

RKEY2 PCB
CN100
1 PNL B/T SW
2 GND
3 LCD ON
4 DAC LCD COM
5 LCD VCOM
6 PANEL R
7 PANEL G
8 PANEL B
9 GND
10 GND
11 LCD2.7V
12 LCD2.7V
13 VIC HD
14 VIC VD
15 POL(A FRP)
16 DE
17 LCD CS
18 LCD EEP SOUT
19 LCD EEP SCK
20 BL CTRL
21 BL ON
22 VTR UNREG
23 VTR UNREG
24 N.C
25 MO GND
26 MO GND
27 MO GND
CN101
1 MO GND
2 MO GND
3 MO GND
4 N.C
5 VTR UNREG
6 VTR UNREG
7 BL ON
8 BL CTRL
9 LCD EEP SCK
10 LCD EEP SOUT
11 LCD CS
12 DE
13 POL(A FRP)
14 VIC VD
15 VIC HD
16 LCD2.7V
17 LCD2.7V
18 GND
19 GND
20 PANEL B
21 PANEL G
22 PANEL R
23 LCD VCOM
24 DAC LCD COM
25 LCD ON
26 PNL B/T SW
27 PNL OP SW
28 SP1
29 SP2 +
30 KEY AD2
31 KEY AD1
32 KEY AD0
33 KEY AD0
CN103
1 KEY AD RW
2 N.C
3 KEY AD2
4 GND
5 GND

LCD PCB
CN901
1 MO GND
2 MO GND
3 NC
4 VTR UNREG
5 VTR UNREG
6 BL ON
7 BL CTRL
8 LCD EEP SCK
9 LCD EEP SOUT
10 LCD CS
11 DE
12 POL(A FRP)
13 VIC VD
14 VIC HD
15 LCD2.7V
16 LCD2.7V
17 GND
18 GND
19 LCD B
20 LCD G
21 LCD R
22 VCOMAC
23 DAC LCD COM
24 LCD3V ON
25 NC
CN902
1 DRV
2 FB
3 ADJ0
4 ADJ1
5 PVDD
6 NC
7 PGND
8 NC
9 LCD R(VA)
10 LCD G(VB)
11 LCD B(VC)
12 SCL
13 SDA
14 CSB
15 GRB
16 VSYNC
17 HSYNC
18 DFRP
19 AGND
20 NC
21 VCI OUT
22 VCC
23 NC
24 GND
25 C1+
26 C1
27 C12+
28 C12
29 C8+
30 C8
31 V3
32 C31+
33 C31
34 APOL
35 VCAC
36 VGH
37 VGL
38 VGoffL
39 VGoffH
40 VCOMR

CVF PCB
CN4101
1 P5V
2 COM
3 CKV1
4 CKV2
5 STV
6 XSTV
7 XENB
8 ENB
9 VBB
10 DSD
11 XDSG
12 DSG
13 BL2.7V
14 B
15 R
16 G
17 VDD
18 CKH2
19 CKH1
20 STH
21 XSTH
22 VSS
23 VSS
CN4102
1 COM
2 CKV1
3 CKV2
4 STV
5 XSTV
6 XENB
7 ENB
8 CSV
9 VBB
10 DSD
11 XDSG
12 DSG
13 B
14 R
15 G
16 CSH
17 VDD
18 CKH2
19 CKH1
20 VSS
21 STH
22 XSTH

JACK PCB
CN1
1 GND
2 RMC IN
3 P5V
4 CAM LED
5 GND
6 GND
7 D+
8 D
9 GND
10 VBUS
11 GND
12 GND
13 XTPB
14 TPB
15 GND
16 XTPA
17 TPA
18 GND
19 GND
20 Y GY OUT
21 GY GND
22 P GY OUT
23 AVDD2.7V
24 EJECT SW
25 AV GND
26 AV R
27 AV L/HP L
28 AV DET
29 AV GND
30 V I/O/HP R
31 AV GND
32 AV GND
33 AV GND
CN2
1 GND
2 GND
3 RMC IN
4 P5V
5 CAM LED

LI PCB
CN10
1 MMC RSV
2 MMC CMD
3 MMC VSS1
4 MMC VDD
5 MMC SCK
6 MMC VSS1
7 MMC DAT
8 MMC DAT1
9 MMC DAT2
10 CARD PRO
11 GND
12 CARD DET
CN11
1 GND
2 CARD DAT2
3 GND
4 CARD DAT3
5 GND
6 CARD SCK
7 GND
8 CARD DAT
9 GND
10 CARD DAT1
11 GND
12 CARD CMD
13 CARD PRO
14 CARD DET
15 DVDD2.7V
16 DARD ACC CHA LED
17 VTR UNREG
18 PAE GRN
19 KEY AD3
20 DIAL CW
21 DIAL CCW
22 LI 3V

CCD PCB
CN1070
1 GND
2 RESET
3 GND
4 H1
5 GND
6 H2
7 GND
8 VL(7.5V)
9 VH(+15V)
10 GND
11 VSUB
12 V4
13 V3
14 V2
15 V1
16 GND
17 CCD OUT
18 GND

ZR100 A
MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E
Only
MAIN PCB
CN100
1 LI 3V
2 DIAL CCW
3 DIAL CW
4 KEY AD3
5 PAE GRN
6 VTR UNREG
7 CHAGE LED
8 GND
CN2101
1 AV GND
2 AV GND
3 V I/O/HP R
4 AV GND
5 AV DET
6 AV L/HP L
7 AV R
8 AV GND
9 EJECT SW
10 AVDD2.7V
11 P GY OUT
12 GY GND
13 Y GY OUT
14 GND
15 GND
16 TPA
17 XTPA
18 GND
19 TPB
20 XTPB
21 GND
22 GND
23 GND

JACK PCB
CN1
1 GND
2 GND
3 XTPB
4 TPB
5 GND
6 XTPA
7 TPA
8 GND
9 GND
10 Y GY OUT
11 GY GND
12 P GY OUT
13 AVDD2.7V
14 EJECT SW
15 AV GND
16 AV R
17 AV L/HP L
18 AV DET
19 AV GND
20 V I/O/HP R
21 AV GND
22 AV GND
23 AV GND
CN1 only

LI PCB
CN11
1 GND
2 CHAGE LED
3 VTR UNREG
4 PAE GRN
5 KEY AD3
6 DIAL CW
7 DIAL CCW
8 LI 3V
CN11 only

CAMERA SECTION-1
ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E


DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL

CCD PCB

MAIN PCB (1/8)

SUB 10

V4

VDD

CN1070
VSUB
V1
V2
V3
V4
VH (+15V)
VL (7.5V)
RESET
H1
H2
CCD OUT

11
9

H1 12
H2 13

11
15
14
13
12
9
8
2
4
6
17

8
4
5
6
7
10
11
17
15
13
2

CN1001
VSUB
V1
V2
V3
V4
CCD VH 15V
CCD VL 7.5V
RESET
H1
H2
CCD OUT

VSUB
V4
V3
RESET

CCD 15V
CCD 7.5V

H1
H2
CCD OUT

VH (+15V)

VOUT

Q1071
BUFFER

CAM 3V

IC1002
MM1612JN V OUT
2.7V REGULATOR

V IN

D0

C1

D1

D3

M9

OV2

D2

D2

M5

OSUB

D3

D1

M10

OV4

D4

E3

M8

OV3

D5

E1

M7

D6

F3

L7

H1

L9

H2

C8

CCD OUT

M6

DVDD31

L8

DVDD32

CLKO

L3

L10

DVDD33

CS

A4

E2

DRVDD1

CLR

K4

G3

DRVDD2

VCTRL

M3

L4

CCD SW

HD

K2

J3

DVDD21

VD

K1

H11

DVDD22

D10

VDD1

B9

VDD2

C6

DVDD1

B3

VDC

IC1001
D7
NN12072A
TG/CDS/AGC/AD D8
V-DRIVER
D9

XI

OV1

L5

V3

V2

K6

XO

V2

IC1070 VL
ICX440WKA-K
CCD RG

V1

K5

V1

F2
F1
G2

SDATA

B4

SCK

C4

RAWDATA (2)
RAWDATA (3)
RAWDATA (4)
RAWDATA (5)
RAWDATA (6)
RAWDATA (7)
RAWDATA (8)
RAWDATA (9)
RAWDATA (10)
RAWDATA (11)

DSP CLK

RAWDATA DATA(2)
RAWDATA DATA(3)
RAWDATA DATA(4)
RAWDATA DATA(5)
RAWDATA DATA(6)
RAWDATA DATA(7)
RAWDATA DATA(8)
RAWDATA DATA(9)
RAWDATA DATA(10)
RAWDATA DATA(11)
DSP CLK
AFE CS
AFE RST
VGATE
XTGHD
XTGVD
CAM SO
CAM SCK

TO
CAMERA SECTION-3
MAIN PCB

AFE CS
AFE RST
VGATE
XTGHD
XTGVD
CAM SO
CAM SCK

X1001
36MHz

01

Jan. 2005

CANON INC. 2005

CAMERA SECTION-2

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E

MAIN PCB (2/8)

FOCUS A
FOCUS B
TO
LENS UNIT

21
18
19
20
17
16
14
15
7
6
8
9
10
11
5
2
12
4
1
3

CN1200
FOCUS A
FOCUS B
FOCUS B
FOCUS A
ZOOM B
ZOOM B
ZOOM A
ZOOM A
DRIVE (+)
DRIVE ()
HALL IN (+)
HALL OUT (+)
HALL IN ()
HALL OUT ()
FOCUS VCC
ZOOM SENS
TEMP
FOCUS SENS
ZOOM LED
FOCUS LED

FOCUS B
FOCUS A
ZOOM B
ZOOM B
ZOOM A
ZOOM A

DRIVE (+)
AVDD 2.7V

DRIVE ()
HALL IN (+)
HALL OUT (+)
HALL IN ()
HALL OUT ()

E8

OUT 2

B8

OUT 3

C8

OUT 3B

D8

OUT 2B

A4

OUT 5B

A3

OUT 5

A5

OUT 4B

A6

OUT 4

IN 1

E2

IN 2

G8

IN 3

C5

IN 4

C4

IN 5

B3

EN 4 5

B6

EN 2.3

C6

LD

B4

IC1200
BH9970GU IRIS CONT
LENS DRIVE GAIN1.2

G2

GYRIN1

E5

C1

OUT1B

B1

OUT1

E6

HALL2+IN

G7

HALL2+OUT

D6

HALL2IN

F7

HALL2OUT

E3

GYRIN2

G4

GYRLEV2

F4

GYRLEV1

H4

AELEV2

F6

DI

D4

CLK

A2

DAC5 OUT

F1

DAC3 OUT

D3

Q1200
P5V

AVDD2.7V

B5

VM4.5

B7

VM3

D7

VM2

B2

VM1

F8

VC

PWM IRIS
PWM FA
PWM FB
PWM ZA

TO
SERVO SECTON
MAIN PCB

DA CFG

PWM ZB
Z PSB

TO
CAMERA SECTON-3
MAIN PCB

PMW ND/DA CFG


PWM FA
PWM FB
PWM ZA
PWM ZB
Z PSB
F PSB
PMW IRIS
DA LOAD
IRIS CL
I SW
P GY OUT
Y GY OUT
P GYRO
Y GYRO
I ENC
CAM SO
CAM SCK
Z RES SW
TEMP
F RES SW
LED RET
VF B LCD
VF G LCD
VF R LCD

F PSB

DA LOAD
IRIS CL
I SW
Y GY OUT
P GY OUT
P GYRO
Y GYRO
I ENC
CAM SO
CAM SCK

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
MAIN PCB

CN2900
DAC LCD COM
EVF HD
EVF COM
EVF G
EVF R
EVF B
LCD R
LCD G
LCD B

DAC LCD 3V

Q1508

B14
B1
B11
A12
A11
B12
A14
A13
B13

N.C

Q1505

CVF PCB

Q1509

LED4101

LCD
(CVF)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
19
21
22

CN4102
COM
CKV1
CKV2
STV
XSTV
XENB
ENB
VBB
DSD
XDSG
DSG
B
R
G
VDD
CKH2
CKH1
STH
XSTH

Q4101
CN4101
BL2.7V
P5V
COM
CKV1
CKV2
STV
XSTV
XENB
ENB
VBB
DSD
XDSG
DSG
B
R
G
VDD
CKH2
CKH1
STH
XSTH

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

2
3
4
5
7
8
9
11
12
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
13
6
14
22
23
10

CN1501
XSTH
STH
CKH1
CKH2
G
R
B
DSG
XDSG
ENB
XENB
XSTV
STV
CKV2
CKV1
COM
DSD
VDD
VBB
P5V
P5V
BL2.7V

Q1506

AROUT 47
XSTH
STH
CKH1
CKH2
G
R
B
DSG
XDSG
ENB
XENB
XSTV
STV
CKV2
P5V

CKV1
COM
DSD

19 XSTH

AGOUT 45

20 STH

ABOUT 42

21 CKH 2

BIN 60

37 GOUT

GIN 59

39 ROUT

RIN 58

35 BOUT

HDIN 13

24 DSG
23 XDSG
30 ENB

Q1510

HD 18

22 CKH 1

IC1501
LV4155W
EVF/LCD DRIVER

LCD R
LCD G
LCD B
DAC LCD COM
VIC HD
VIC VD
DE
POL (A FRP)
LCD EEP SCK
LCD EEP SOUT
EVF SEN
EVF 3V ON
EVF 8.5V ON
LCD ON

Q1507

VDIN 12
ADENB 33
AFRP 34

29 XENB

SCLK 10

25 XSTV

DATA

26 STV

LOAD

LCD 2.7V
Q1501

TO
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION
MAIN PCB

27 CKV2
LCD 8.5V
28 CKV1
51 COMOUT

VCC 1 56

EVF A3V

Q1502

SYNC IN 63

53 DSDOUT

VDD 1

52 VCCCOM

VDD 2 11

44 VCC 2

BLSW 17

Q1511
EVF D3V

Q1512

Q1503

Q1504

01

Jan. 2005

CANON INC. 2005

CAMERA SECTION-3

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E


DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL

USB SIGNAL

PIO(3)

Y5

EADDR(23)/PIO

Y6

EADDR(24)/PIO

C8

SCS(8)/PIO

W23

AUD2 I/PIO

AIN3

AB16

AIN5

X15

AIN4

Y15

AIN6

Y13

SDR CKE/PIO

B2

PWM(5)/PIO

E5

PWM(4)/PIO

AD2

AE3
AUDI1

AUDO2

B14

C14
MDQM L(0)

MDQM L(1)

A8

B15

A15

D15

C8
MDQM L(2)

MDQM L(3)

MCKE L

MCLK L

XMCS L

A13

A14
XMRAS L

C13
XMWE L

XMCAS L

BA1

PIO(2)

SDLSEL/PIO

V24
V25

ML DATA0

C21

MDATA L(0)

EADDR M(3)

DQ1

ML DATA1

B20

MDATA L(1)

EADDR M(4) W22

DQ2

ML DATA2

C20

MDATA L(2)

EADDR M(5) W23

DQ3

ML DATA3

D20

MDATA L(3)

EADDR M(6) W24

DQ4

ML DATA4

A19

MDATA L(4)

EADDR M(7) W25

DQ5 10

ML DATA5

B19

MDATA L(5)

EADDR M(8)

Y23

DQ6 11

ML DATA6

D19

MDATA L(6)

EADDR M(9)

Y24

DQ7 13

ML DATA7

A18

MDATA L(7)

EADDR M(10)

Y25

DQ8 74

ML DATA8

B18

MDATA L(8)

EADDR M(11) AA22

DQ9 76

ML DATA9

C18

MDATA L(9)

EADDR M(12) AA23

DQ10 77

ML DATA10

D18

MDATA L(10)

EADDR M(13) AA24

DQ11 79

ML DATA11

A17

MDATA L(11)

EADDR M(14) AA25

DQ12 80

ML DATA12

B17

MDATA L(12)

EADDR M(15) AB22

DQ13 82

ML DATA13

D17

MDATA L(13)

EADDR M(16) AB23

DQ14 83

ML DATA14

A16

MDATA L(14)

EADDR M(17) AB24

DQ15 85

ML DATA15

C16

MDATA L(15)

EADDR M(18) AB25

DQ16 31

ML DATA16

D8

MDATA L(16)

EADDR M(19) AC23

DQ17 33

ML DATA17

A7

MDATA L(17)

EADDR M(20) AC24

DQ18 34

ML DATA18

B7

MDATA L(18)

EADDR M(21) AC25

DQ19 36

ML DATA19

C7

MDATA L(19)

EADDR M(22) AD24

DQ20 37

ML DATA20

D7

MDATA L(20)

EDATA M(0) AD23

DQ21 39

ML DATA21

B6

MDATA L(21)

EDATA M(1) AE23

DQ22 40

ML DATA22

C6

MDATA L(22)

EDATA M(2) AD22

DQ23 42

ML DATA23

D6

MDATA L(23)

EDATA M(3) AE22

DQ24 45

ML DATA24

A5

MDATA L(24)

EDATA M(4) AC21

DQ25 47

ML DATA25

C5

MDATA L(25)

EDATA M(5) AD21

DQ26 48

ML DATA26

D5

MDATA L(26)

EDATA M(6) AE21

DQ27 50

ML DATA27

B4

MDATA L(27)

EDATA M(7) AB20

DQ28 51

ML DATA28

C4

MDATA L(28)

DQ29 53

ML DATA29

A3

MDATA L(29)

DQ30 54

ML DATA30

B3

MDATA L(30)

DQ31 56

ML DATA31

A2

MDATA L(31)

EDATA M(11) AC19

E1

RAWDATA (2)

EDATA M(12) AD19

D4

RAWDATA (3)

EDATA M(13) AE19

D2

RAWDATA (4)

EDATA M(14) AD18

D1

RAWDATA (5)

EDATA M(15) AE18

C3

RAWDATA (6)

C2

RAWDATA (7)

C1

RAWDATA (8)

B2

RAWDATA (9)

B1

RAWDATA (10)

A1

RAWDATA (11)

F4

TGCLK

MCCLK A

W1

CARD SCK

G2

TGHD

MCDT A(3)

Y4

CARD DAT3

G4

TGVD

MCDT A(2)

Y3

CARD DAT2

H3

VGATE

MCDT A(1)

Y2

CARD DAT1

Z23

EDATA M(8) AC20

IC1103
MB87M1982BGL
DIGIC DV

EDATA M(9) AD20


EDATA M(10) AB19

MCDT A(0)

Y1

CARD DAT

MCCMD A

W2

CARD CMD

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2
IC2301 (3/3)

XEWRL M AB18

XEWRL

XEWRU M AB17

XEWRU

Z25

AUD1 O

AD3

AUDI2

AUD1 I

W21

AUD1 I

AE4

AUDO1

XERD M AC16

XERD

LRCK

V21

LRCK

AE2

LPCLK

DREQ (0) AC15

XDREQ

XDACK (0) AE17

XDACK

WCK

IC2301(1/3)
MB87M4541BGL
VIC4

Y25

WCK

AE1

WCLK

LREQ/PIO

AA25

MACS XINT1

AE16

XEINT(1)

TRST

T2

XEINTO/PI

V3

MACS XINT0

AD16

XEINT(0)

TMS

T3

XFB IOW/PIO

T3

XEWR USB

AE15

XEWR USB

TCK

T1

CCLK/PIO

P2

CCLK

AE10

BDATACLK

TDO

T4

VCLK

G1

27M

AE11

VCLK

DP USB AE14

TDO

M23

VIC TDO

R2

TDI

DN USB AD13

TO
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION
MAIN PCB

TO
CAMERA SECTION-2
MAIN PCB

MACS TDO
D+
D

Q3502

BDATA (1)

BDATA (2)

BDATA (3)

BDATA (4)

BDATA (5)

BDATA (6)

BDATA (7)

AE9

AD9

AC9

AB9

AE8

AD8

AC8

BDATA (0)
AB10

ADATA (6)
AB11

AD10 ADATA (7)

AC11 ADATA (5)

AD11 ADATA (4)

AE12

AC12 ADATA (3)

ADATA (0)

ADATA (1)

AE13

AD12 ADATA (2)

ADATA (7)
K6

ADATA (2)
J2

ADATA (6)

ADATA (1)
J1

K5

ADATA (0)
H1

ADATA (5)

BDATA (7)
N1

ADATA (4)

BDATA (6)
M6

C14

K3

BDATA (5)
M3

B14

VF B2

ADATA (3)

BDATA (4)
M2

VF G2

J3

BDATA (3)

MACS XRST

A15

K2

BDATA (2)
L6

M1

BDATA (0)

BDATA (1)

L1

L5

CARD SCK
CARD DAT3
CARD DAT2
CARD DAT1
CARD DAT
CARD CMD
VF R LCD
VF G LCD
VF B LCD

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
MAIN PCB

USB FS EN

VF R2

Jan. 2005

XECS1

AUD1 O

XRESET AD1

01

AUD2 I
MACS1 I
EADDR(0) to (22)
EDATA(0) to (15)
RDY
XECS1
XEWRL
XEWRU
XERD
XDREQ
XDACK
TRST
TMS
TCK
MACS TDO
D+
D
USB FS EN
MACS XRST

RDY AB16

J6

W24

V23

EADDR M(2)

XECS M AC17

G2

AC17

A12

BA0

PWM (0)/PIO

D13

NC2

PWM (1)/PIO

F5

MADDR L(14)

A10/AP

C3

C12

A9

PWM (2)/PIO

MADDR L(13)

A8

PWM (3)/PIO

MADDR L(11)

A7

C4
D3

A11

A6

SCLK(3)/PIO

D12

A5

C11

MADDR L(10)

A4

SO(3)/PIO

V22

EADDR M(1)

D(7)/PIO

CAM SO
CAM SCK
PWM FA
PWM FB
PWM ZA
PWM ZB
Z PSB
F PSB
Z RES SW
F RES SW
DA LOAD
LED RET
I SW
TEMP
P GYRO
Y GYRO
I ENC
IRIS CL
PWM ND/DA CFG
PWM IRIS

E11

EADDR M(0)

DQ0

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1

SCS(4)/PIO

TO
CAMERA SECTION-2
MAIN PCB

B11

A3

RAWDATA DATA(2)
RAWDATA DATA(3)
RAWDATA DATA(4)
RAWDATA DATA(5)
RAWDATA DATA(6)
RAWDATA DATA(7)
RAWDATA DATA(8)
RAWDATA DATA(9)
RAWDATA DATA(10)
RAWDATA DATA(11)
DSP CLK
VGATE
XTGHD
XTGVD
AFE RST
AFE CS
CAM SO
CAM SCK

C7

TO
CAMERA SECTION-1
MAIN PCB

MADDR L(9)

A2

IC1102
K4S643233H-UC1L
SDRAM

C11

23

MADDR L(8)

22

MADDR L(7)

21

A10

24

D11

66

MADDR L(6)

65

MADDR L(5)

64

A9

63

C10

ML ADD14

62

MADDR L(4)

ML ADD13

61

B9

ML ADD11

60

MADDR L(3)

ML ADD10

27

C9

ML ADD8

ML ADD9

26

MADDR L(2)

ML ADD6

ML ADD7

25

D9

ML ADD4

ML ADD5

16

MADDR L(1)

ML ADD2

ML ADD3

71

MADDR L(0)

ML ADD0

ML ADD1

/CS

CLK

28

A1

/RAS

59

A0

/WE

67

DQM0

68

DQM1

20

DQM2

19

CKE

18

DQM3

17

/CAS

MAIN PCB (3/8)

CANON INC. 2005

SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E

MAIN PCB (4/8)


68

69

70

PHOTO SWITCH

HARF PHOTO SWITCH

START/STOP

AVDD
2.7V

VTR POWER SWITCH 76


CAM POWER SWITCH 77

CN101
CK3V
PHOTO SW
HALF PHOTO SW
START/STOP SW
TAPE/CARD SW
VTR PW SW
CAM PW SW
ZOOM AD

8
9
10
4
5
1
2
7

CN103
DVDD3V
E3V+LI3V
EPM
CE
CNVSS
FLASH CLK
FLASH RST
FLASH RXD1
FLASH TXD1
MODE RESET
DEBCLK
DEBUD
DEBDD
XDEBEN
CG CS
EEP/CG CLK
EEP/CG SO
DOT CLK
OSD I0
OSD I1
VIC HD
VIC VD

B7
A15
A2
A3
A4
B2
B3
B4
B5
A1
A6
A8
A10
A12
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15

TO
OPERATION KEY UNIT

R-KEY2 PCB
ZD101

T/XC PW SW 78
FCH0/DEBUG0 36
AVDD2.7V
E3V+LI3V

FCH1/DEBUG1 41
EPM 39
CE 44
CNVSS

FLASH CLK 31
FLASH RTS 32
FLASH RXD1 30
FLASH TXD1 29
MODE RESET 10

N.C

ZD100

11 XOUT
X101
10MHz
13 XIN

XCIN
RMC PULSE IN 16

X100
32.768KHz

XRESET 49
9

XCOUT

CARD ACCESS LED 45


EJECT SWITCH 66

TO
POWER SUPPLY SECTION
MAIN PCB

VTOS EN 17
MODE RESET
CAM ON
CHG CTL1
CHG CTL2
CHG CTL3
VTR ON
DC J DET
DC V DET
A/D I
A/D V
BATT INFO AD
LI3 DET
IC3201 CS
CH DET
E3V
2.7V VOUT
LI3V

VIC3 CS 48

53 CAM 0N

VIC3 CLOCK 35

98 CHG CTL1
99 CHG CTL2
100 CHG CTL3
52 VTR ON
71 DC J DET
80 DC V DET
90 A/D I
89 A/D V
E3V
E3V+LI3V

VIC3 TO SUBCOM DATA 34


SUBCOM TO VIC3 DATA 33

IC100
M3030CMEL-A20GP
MODE MI-COM.

VTOS PC

STOV CS
VTOS SCK
VTOS DATA
STOV DATA

1
ZD105

MTOC MODE2 59

ZD102

MTOC MODE1 58
MTOC MODE0 57

CASSETTE IN SWITCH 67

CAS IN

88 BATT INFO A/D


25 LI3V DETECT
18 E3DET
73 CH DET

CASSETTE MEMORY A/D0 84


CASSETTE MEMORY A/D1 85
MIC2 28
CASSETTE MEMORY A/D2 86
MIC3 27

VIC VD
VIC HD
OSD I1
OSD I0
DOT CLK
CG SO
CG CLK
CG CS
XDEBEN
DEBDD
DEBUD
DEBCLK
ZOOM KEY
VTR POW SW
CAM POW SW
FCH 0
FCH 1
MODE RESET
RMC IN
XRESET
EJECT SW
CARD ACCESS LED
VTOS EN
STOV CS
VTOS SCK
VTOS DATA
STOV DATA
STOV MODE2
STOV MODE1
STOV MODE0
VTOS PC
CAS IN
MIC 1
MIC 2
MIC 3
MIC ON
CARD DET
CARD PRO
LCD VCOM
VIOS ACTIVE

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2
MAIN PCB

SP
SP +

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
MAIN PCB

CN101
VTR UNREG
VTR UNREG
LCD2.7V
LCD2.7V
PNL B/T SW
PANEL R
PANEL G
PANEL B
DAC LCD COM
LCD VCOM
VIC HD
VIC VD
LCD CS
DE
LCD EEP SOUT
LCD EEP SCK
BL CTRL
BL ON
LCD ON
POL (A FRP)
KEY AD0
KEY AD0
KEY AD1
KEY AD2
SP2 +
SP1
PNL OP SW

6
5
17
16
26
22
21
20
24
23
15
14
11
12
10
9
8
7
25
13
33
32
31
30
29
28
27

VTR UNREG
D100

96 VREF

E3V+LI3V

97 AVCC

BL CTRL 46

60 VCC2
14 VCC1

PANEL BL ON 38
LCD ON 47
PANEL LR 63

LCD CS

ZD104

PANEL BOTTOM/TOP SWITCH 65


PANEL OPEN SWITCH 64
KEY AD2 93
5

LCD EEP SCK

KEY AD1 92

LCD EEP SOUT

KEY AD0 91

19 EVF SEN
TO
CAMERA SECTION-2
MAIN PCB

55 EVF 3V ON

LCD EEP SCK


LCD EEP SOUT
EVF SEN
EVF 3V ON
LCD ON
EVF 8.5V ON
VIC VD
VIC HD
DAC LCD COM
DE
POL (A FRP)

20 EVF 8.5V ON
VTR UNREG
CHAGE LED 50

LCD2.7V

CN102
SP1
SP2 +
BL CTRL
BL ON
LCD CS
LCD EEP SCK
LCD EEP SOUT
LCD ON
KEY AD2
KEY AD1
KEY AD0
PNL OP SW
PNL B/T SW
LCD B
LCD G
LCD R
LCD VCOM
VIC VD
VIC HD
DE
POL (A FRP)
DAC LCD COM
VTR UNREG
VTR UNREG
LCD2.7V
LCD2.7V

5
4
25
26
22
24
23
8
3
2
1
6
7
13
12
11
10
19
18
21
20
9
27
28
17
18

CN103
KEY AD RW
KEY AD2

1
3

TO
LCD PCB
CN901

LCD 2.7V

SW102
DE ON/OFF

SW100
DATA/SELF

SW103
DE SEL

SW101
CARD MIX

SW104
END SEARCH

PNL OP SW
SP1
SP2 +

TO
R KEY I FPC
TO
SWITCH ASS'Y
TO
SPEAKER

TO
SERVO SECTION
MAIN PCB

ZR100 A
MV800i E
MV800 E
MV790E
DM-FV500
ONLY

ZD101

87 BATT A/D

E3V

3
21
20
17
18
19
15
13
14
16
5
4
8
6
7
1

ZD102

VTR UNREG

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
MAIN PCB

MIC ON 26
VTOS ACTIVE 24

CN100
LCD ON
BL ON
BL CTRL
LCD CS
LCD EEP SOUT
LCD EEP SCK
POL (A FRP)
VIC HD
VIC VD
DE
LCD VCOM
DAC LCD VCOM
PANEL B
PANEL R
PANEL G
PNL B/T SW

CN100
CHAGE LED
DIAL CW
DIAL CCW
KEY AD3
PAE GRN
VTR UNREG
LI 3V

LI PCB

7
3
2
4
5
6
1

8
7
5
6
4
3
2

CN11
LI 3V
DIAL CCW
KEY AD3
DIAL CW
PAE GRN
VTR UNREG
CHAGE LED

ZD10

SW12

3
BT11
T
BT10
2

LITHIUM
BATTERY

KEY AD3 95
DIAL CW SWITCH 42
DIAL CCW SWITCH 43

Q105

PAE/GREEN SW 75

LCD ON
LCD EEP SCK
TO
CAMERA SECTION-2
MAIN PCB
TO
CAMERA SECTION-3
MAIN PCB

01

LCD B
LCD G
LCD R
CARD DAT1
CARD DAT
CARD SCK
CARD DAT3
CARD CMD
CARD DAT2

Jan. 2005

LCD EEP SOUT

VTR UNREG
DVDD2.7V

CN100
CARD ACC CHA LED
CARD PRO
CARD DET
DIAL CW
DIAL CCW
KEY AD3
PAE GRN
CARD DAT2
CARD CMD
CARD DAT3
CARD SCK
CARD DAT
CARD DAT1
VTR UNREG
DVDD2.7V
LI 3V

7
10
9
3
2
4
5
21
11
19
17
15
13
6
8
1

22
21
19
20
18
17
14
13
10
8
16
6
4
12
2
15

CN11
LI 3V
DIAL CCW
KEY AD3
DIAL CW
PAE GRN
VTR UNREG
CARD DET
CARD PRO
CARD DAT1
CARD DAT
CARD ACC CHA LED
CARD SCK
CARD DAT3
CARD CMD
CARD DAT2
DVDD2.7V

VTR UNREG
SW11
MENU
DVDD2.7V
LED10

SW10
P AE

GREEN

CN10
MMC VDD
MMC RSV
MMC CMD
MMC SCK
MMC DAT
MMC DAT1
MMC DAT2
CARD PRO
CARD DET

4
1
2
5
7
8
9
10
12

SD CARD

ZR300 A
ZR200 A
MV850i E
MV830i E
MV830E
ONLY

DVDD2.7V

CANON INC. 2005

SERVO SECTION

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E

DRUM SERVO SIGNAL

DMC III

MAIN PCB (5/8)


CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL

D.W 21
D.V 19
D.U 18
D.COM 17

TO
POWER SUPPLY SECTION
MAIN PCB

D
D
C
C

VM
VS
VM
VS

D VM

12 D.VM

D.PGIN

D VS

13 D.VS

D.FGPGIN+

C VM

44 C.VM

D.FGIN

C VS

45 C.VS

Q306

C.HW 60
CFG

63 C.FGSMT

DPG

64 D.PGSMT

DFG

D.FGSMT

14 D.EC

C.HW+ 59
C.HU+ 58

IC301
BD6300KU
MOTOR DRIVE

C.HU 57
C.HV+ 56

24 L.FRB

C.HV 55

25 L.REF

C.FGIN 62

41 D.PS

C.FGIN+ 61

Q304
AVDD 2.7V
42 C.PS

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2
MAIN PCB

TO
CAMERA SECTION-2
MAIN PCB

CAP VS CNT
CFG
DPG
DFG
DERR
LMO FRBL
LMO FRBH
LOAD ON
DRUM ON
CAP ON
CAP FWD
CERR
T REEL FG
S REEL FG
DA CFG
DEW
MSW AD
TAPE TOP
TAPE END
TAPE LED
REC PROOF
REEL LED CONT
DA TREEL
DA SREEL
CAS IN

VTR UNREG
AVDD 2.7V
P 5V

C.V 51

46 C.EC

C.W 53

CN302
C H
W
W+
C H+
U+
U
V+
V
CFG2
CFG1
U COIL
U COIL
W COIL
W COIL
V COIL
V COIL
CFG VCC

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
17

DRUM
MOTOR

PG
FG

CAPSTAN
MOTOR

FG

LOADING
MOTOR

11 UNREG

L.REV 28

VCC

L.FWD 26

29 L.VM

R.IN1+ 30

DEW SENSOR

R.IN1 31
32 ROUT1

R.IN2+ 33

35 ROUT2

R.IN2 34

AVDD 2.7V

CN301
LOAD ()
LOAD ()
LOAD (+)
LOAD (+)
DEW+
MSW SENS
MSW VCC
MSW VSS

6
7
1
2
8
5
4
3

MODE SW

TAPE END
SENSOR

BOT DET
EOT DET

AVDD 2.7V

Q303

Q303

Q301

Q305

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
MAIN PCB

10
11
3
4
1
2
9
6
5
7

C.U 50

43 C.FBR

P 5V

Q300

TO
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION
MAIN PCB

CN300
W
W
V
V
U
U
COIL COM
DPG
DFG
SENS COM

CAS IN
MIC1
MIC2
MIC3
MIC ON

AVDD 2.7V

CN303
BOT E
BOT C
EOT E
EOT C
LED A
LED K
REC PRF
MIC3
MIC2
MIC1
C IN
T IN
T IN+
T OUT
T OUT+
S IN
S IN+
S OUT
S OUT+

TAPE TOP
SENSOR
1
2
20
21
14
15
5
4
6
7
12
8
10
9
11
16
18
17
19

SAFETY
SW

MIC
CASSETTE IN SW

MIC2
MIC3
1

FG

TAKE UP
REEL

FG

SUPPLY
REEL

IC300
NJM12904R
OPE AMP

2
7
6
5

01

Jan. 2005

CANON INC. 2005

AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E

ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL

ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL

USB SIGNAL

MAIN PCB (6/8)


E18 VRH1
Q2311

TO
CAMERA SECTION-3
MAIN PCB

C12 AGC PWM

D
D+

Q3501
W1

XECS(4)/PIO

F9

SCS(6)/PIO

P5V
CN2101

TO
JACK PCB SECTION
CN1

30
25
26
23
29
7
31
5
3
6
9
11
13
10

ZR300 A
ZR200 A
MV850i E
MV830i E
MV830E
ONLY

P5V
D
D+
VBUS
CAM LED
AV R
RMC IN
AV DET
V I/O/HP R
AV L/HP L
EJECT SW
P GY OUT
Y GY OUT
AVDD2.7V

EXT RDY1/PI

T6

RDY

XECS(1)/PIO

X1

XECS1

XEWRL

X12

XEWRL

EDREQ/PIO

V5

XDREQ

EDACK/PIO

W5

XDACK

SCS(9)/PIO

B7

USB FS EN

SI(3)/PIO

E10

MACS XRST

EDATA (0) AB11


B12 CLAMP PWM

AA11
X11
AC10

B20 COMP IN

AB10
E1

PIO(5)

AA10

IC2301 (2/3)
MB87M4541BGL
VIC4

Y10
X10
AC9

AVDD
2.7V

AB9
AA9

TO
CAMERA SECTION-2
MAIN PCB

NF702

P GY OUT
Y GY OUT

Y9
X9
Q2301
E15 BYPASS

AC8
AB8

NF701

EDATA (15)

E16 COMP FB

AA8

CN701

TO
FRONT ASS'Y
(MIC)

2
4

INT MIC R
INT MIC L
EADDR (22)
Z2

Y3

Z1

AA3

AA1

AA2

AB1

AB2

AC1

AB3

AC2

AC3

AB4

AA4

AB5

AA5

AA6

AC5

AB6

AC6

Y7

X7

TRST

XECS(0)

XRESET

N20

AA7 EADDR (0)

SCS(2)/PIO

V2

XERD

SCLK(2)/PIO

F8

Y1

XECS(2)/PIO

B11

W6

LPS/PIO

X2

AA12 XEWRU

SOUND
A1

X23

TCK

M25 TMS

AMCK

N25

SO(2)/PIO

X24

UAT CLKI/PIO

XECS(5)/PIO

F7

Q2307

W2

75

RMC IN
EJECT SW
XRESET
SP+
SP

TO
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION
MAIN PCB

B10

B18 COMP O
M24 TDI

Q2304

VTR UNREG

N.C

B4
A4
B9
B8
A7
B10
A1
B7
B5
B6
B3

CN2900
VTR UNREG
RMC IN
TDI
TMS
TCK
TDO
V I/O
TRST
MIC2
MIC3
VTR ON IC3201

Q821
AA4.7V

P5V

AA2.7V
AA4.7V

32

19

47

34

41

40
42

TO
POWER SUPPLY SECTION
MAIN PCB

VTR ON IC3201

FROM
CAMERA
SECTION-3

LRCK

MIC
POWER

PRE AMP

45
28

4
WCK

AUDIO
I/F
CONTROLLER

HPF
FIL1
FIL2
EQ
FIL3

ALC1

+2db
to
2db

24db
+12db
0db

Q803

26
OFFSET
CANCEL
HPF

OVF
DETECT

OFFSET
CANCEL
HPF

ADC

44
39
PRE AMP

27
25
MIXER
&
DEM

TO
SERVO SECTION
MAIN PCB

DAC

MIX

OPGA

IC801
AK4567
AIF4

MIC2
MIC3

36

31
HP AMP
29

LINE OUT

12

35

CONTROL
REGISTER
I/F

21
ALC2

14

16

17

23

24

E1 A0

EADDR (1)

D1

EADDR (2)

C1

DQ0 E2

EDATA (0)

EADDR (3)

A1

H2

EDATA (1)

EADDR (4)

B1

E3

EDATA (2)

EADDR (5)

D2

H3

EDATA (3)

EADDR (6)

C2

H4

EDATA (4)

EADDR (7)

A2

E4

EDATA (5)

EADDR (8)

B5

H5

EDATA (6)

EADDR (9)

A5

E5

EDATA (7)

EADDR (10)

C5

F2

EDATA (8)

EADDR (11)

D5

G2

EDATA (9)

EADDR (12)

B6

F3

EDATA (10)

EADDR (13)

A6

G3

EDATA (11)

EADDR (14)

C6

F4

EDATA (12)

EADDR (15)

D6

G5

EDATA (13)

EADDR (16)

E6

F5

EDATA (14)

EADDR (17)

B2

DQ15 G6

EDATA (15)

EADDR (18)

C3

EADDR (19)

D4 A19

EADDR (20)

D3 NC3

IC2300
S29AL016D70BFI020
FLASH

RDY
XECS1
XEWRL
XDREQ
XDACK
USB FS EN
MACS XRST
MACS TDO
TCK
TMS
EDATA (0) to (15)
EADDR (0) to (22)
XERD
XEWRU
TRST
AUD 2 I
MACS1 I

SPK AMP
20

13

Q804

EADDR (0)

F1 CE
G1 OE
A4 WE
B4 RESET

01

Jan. 2005

TO
CAMERA SECTION-3
MAIN PCB

CANON INC. 2005

AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2
DIGITAL DV SIGNAL

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E


CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL

DRUM SERVO SIGNAL

DIGITAL (VIDEO+AUDIO SIGNAL)

MAIN PCB (7/8)

43 VDDQ3
49 VDDQ4

DQ4

DQ5 10
DQ6 11
DQ7 13
DQ8 42
DQ9 44
DQ10 45
DQ11 47
DQ12 48
DQ13 50
DQ14 51
DQ15 53
A0 23
A1 24

IC2302
EDS6416AHTA-75-E
SDRAM

A2 25
A3 26
A4 29
A5 30
A6 31
A7 32
A8 33
A9 34
A10 22
A11 35
BA1 21
BA0 20
LDQM 15
/WE 16
/CAS 17
/RAS 18
/CS 19
CKE 37
CLK 38
UDQM 39

MDATA (3)
MDATA (4)
MDATA (5)
MDATA (6)
MDATA (7)
MDATA (8)
MDATA (9)
MDATA (10)
MDATA (11)
MDATA (12)
MDATA (13)
MDATA (14)
MDATA (15)
ADDR (0)
ADDR (1)
ADDR (2)
ADDR (3)
ADDR (4)
ADDR (5)
ADDR (6)
ADDR (7)
ADDR (8)
ADDR (9)
ADDR (10)
ADDR (11)
ADDR (12)
ADDR (13)
DQML
XWE
XCAS
XRAS
XCS
CKE
MCLK
DQMU

K20

MDATA (1)

XTPA

AA18

J23

MDATA (2)

TPB

AC20

J20

MDATA (3)

XTPB

AB20

H25

MDATA (4)

H24

MDATA (5)

HD

N21

H23

MDATA (6)

VD

R25

H21

MDATA (7)

OSD I(0)/PI

N24

F21

MDATA (8)

OSD I(1)/PI

N23

F23

MDATA (9)

DOTCLK/PIO

P25

F24

MDATA (10)

D(0)/PIO

W20

F25

MDATA (11)

D(1)/PIO

AB25

G20

MDATA (12)

D(2)/PIO

AA24

G21

MDATA (13)

G25

MDATA (14)

H20

MDATA (15)

E19

ADDR (0)

F19

ADDR (1)

C20

ADDR (2)

E20

ADDR (3)

C21

ADDR (4)

A22

ADDR (5)

B22

ADDR (6)

C22

ADDR (7)

A23

ADDR (8)

B23

ADDR (9)

A24

ADDR (10)

A25

ADDR (11)

B24

ADDR (12)

B25

ADDR (13)

E24

DQML

E25

XWE

D24

XCAS

D23

XRAS

C23

XCS

C24

CKE

D25

MCLK

E23

DQMU

CTL(1)/PIO

Y21

SYSCLK/PIO

AB24

AIN2

AA16

XESC(3)/PIO

X5

XEINT2/PI

U6

PIO(6)

H6

SCS(0)/PIO

E7

UAT CLKO/PIO

A3

TX/PIO

C6

RX/PIO

B3

XDEBEN

R6

DEBUD

R5

DEBDD

T2

DEBCLK

T1

SO(1)/PIO

F11

SCLK(1)/PIO

F12

SO(0)/PIO

A9

IC2301(3/3)
MB87M4541BGL
VIC4

CN2101
XTPB
TPB
XTPA
TPA

VIC HD

OSD I0
OSD I1
DOT CLK
STOV MODE0
STOV MODE1
STOV MODE2
CG CS
STOV CS
ZOOM KEY
CARD DET
CARD PRO
CARD ACCESS LED
VTOS EN
VTOS SCK
VTOS DATA
STOV DATA
XDEBEN
DEBUD
DEBDD
DEBCLK
CG SO
CG CLK
VTOS PC

REC H

X25

UTIL SWP(5)

A14

32

RDAT

U20

35

36

RFGT/PI
RFGS/PI

R24

PWMD

R20

PWMC

U25

CFG

R21

DPG

T24

DFG

P24

CAPDIR/PIO
D(6)/PIO

Jan. 2005

46

34

Q2000

42

CN2000
H1A
H1B
H2A
H2B

2
3
5
6

NC

H1A
H1B
H2A
H2B

CH-1
HEAD

CH-2
HEAD

DRUM
UNIT

PB ON

AA22

21

AUDIO SIGNAL

GCA

TO
CAMERA SECTION3
IC2301 (1/3)

XRCLK

01

IC2000
LD502W
VRP2

A15
B15
A3
B2
A5
A6
A8
A10

6
CTL(0)/PIO

PBRF

K25

17

SWP

T21

UTIL SWP (1)

P21
R23

V24

UTIL SWP (0)

AIN12

AA23

38

CN2900
FCH 1
LCD VCOM
VTR POW SW
MODE RESET
CAM POW SW
FCH 0
SWP
PBRF

EPH

29

GDL

30

13

EQ

11

12

VCO

28

25

26

22

23

F13

AIN11

Y14

PB H

A13

AC15

U21

GDH CONT

AIN10

UTIL SWP (3)

AIN15

AA15

UTIL SWP (2)

TAPE LED

AIN14

AB14

F14

CAP FWD

PWM(6)/PIO

AA14

XRDAT

GDL CONT

DFG

PWM(7)/PIO

A2

RAGC

DPG

BGRNTX/PIO

E6

B13

CFG

V6

V25

CERR

TCLK/PI

EQ CONT

DERR

BRQ/PIO

E3

EQFC

T REEL FG
S REEL FG

W3

RAGC

DEW
CAS IN

PIO(7)

UTIL SWP (4)

MSW AD

E2

RAPC

TAPE END

REC
ON

43

L24

DA TREEL
TAPE TOP

HA 4.7V

45

RAPC

DA SREEL

SCS(3)/PIO

U24

CAP VS CNT
LMO FRBL
LMO FRBH
LOAD ON
CAP ON
DRUM ON
REC PROOF
REEL LED CONT
DA SREEL
DA TREEL
TAPE TOP
TAPE END
MSW AD
DEW
CAS IN
T REEL FG
S REEL FG
DERR
CERR
CFG
DPG
DFG
CAP FWD
TAPE LED

B5

RCLK

REEL LED CONT


TO
SERVO SECTION
MAIN PCB

PIO(9)

C13

DRUM ON
REC PROOF

PIO(8)

D1

RAFC

CAP ON

G3

XRCLK

LOAD ON

HA 3V

EADDR(8)/PIO

U23

LMO FRBH

X8

RCLK

LMO FRBL

TO
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION
MAIN PCB

VIC VD
VIC HD
OSD I0
OSD I1
DOT CLK
STOV MODE0
STOV MODE1
STOV MODE2
CG CS
STOV CS
ZOOM KEY
CARD DET
CARD PRO
CARD ACCESS LED
VTOS EN
VTOS SCK
VTOS DATA
STOV DATA
XDEBEN
DEBUD
DEBDD
DEBCLK
CG SO
CG CLK
VTOS PC
VTR POW SW
MODE RESET
CAM POW SW
FCH 0
FCH 1
LCD VCOM

VIC VD

REC CONT
CAP VS CNT

TO
JACK SECTION
JACK PCB
CN1

20
19
17
16

XRCLK

27 VDD3

DQ3

AB19

RCLK

14 VDD2

DQ2

TPA

EAFC

VDDQ2

MDATA (2)

MDATA (0)

RAPC

VDDQ1

K21

RAGC

DQ1

MDATA (1)

EQFC

VDD1

MDATA (0)

EQ CONT

GDL CONT

DQ0

GDH CONT

SDRAM
2.7V

CANON INC. 2005

POWER SUPPLY SECTION

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E


MAIN PCB (8/8)
D1801

FU3201

DC PCB

FU3202

CN3212

DC JACK

DC +
SW
DC

2
3
1

2
3
1

CN3201
DC +
DC J SW
DC

FU3203
C VS
D VS

TO
SERVO SECTION
MAIN PCB

VTR UNREG
30

Q1802
FU1800

OSC

MACS 1.4V

40
CH1

Q3201
1.4V (CH1)

29

DRUM SERVO SIGNAL


3

TO
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION
MAIN PCB

DC J DET
DC V DET
A/D I
CHG CTL1
CHG CTL2
CHG CTL3
MODE RESET
LI3 DET
LI3V
E3V
2.7V VOUT
IC3201 CS
CH DET
CAM ON
VTR ON
A/D V
BATT INFO AD

Power from Battery

Power from DC JACK

Battery charge

DVDD 1.4V
AVDD 1.4V

33 VCC
1

CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL

66

LPF

3
LPF

DVDD 2.7V

LPF

SDRAM 2.7V

63 OUT
DIF 2.7V

65
Q3211

44 CLV
57 CTL
60 CHARGE CTL1

Q1803
4

AVDD 2.7V

38

59 CHARGE CTL2

Q3202
2.7V (CH2)

CH2
Q1800

68
5

LPF

AA 2.7V

LPF

LCD 2.7V
DVDD 3V MICOM

8
1

17 RESET
18 LIDET

19 LI3V
20 E3V

Q3206
3V (CH6)

CH6

22 2.7V VOUT
TO
REAR ASS'Y
(BATTERY TERMIANL)

3
1
2
4
5

CN3202
BATT INFO AD
BATT
BATT
BATT +
BATT +

LPF

76

25 CS

HA 3V
5

CAM 3V
DVDD 3V

27 SW OUT
21 VIN

VTR UNREG

IC3201
BD9732KUT
CHARGE,
BACKUP,
DC/DC
CONV CONTROL

11
Q3205
P5V (CH5)

CH5

5
5

IC3203
NJM2865F3 V OUT
4.7V REGULATOR

V IN

AA 4.7V
HA 4.7V

75

P 5V
1

36
Q3203
DRUM VS (CH3)

CH3

34

D VM
C VM

TO
SEEVO SECTION
MAIN PCB

69

13
Q3204
CAP VS (CH4)

CH4

15

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
MAIN PCB

VTR ON IC3201

74

STB

79 DCT7
Q3208
7
CH7

77

Q3207

T3201
D3203
4

CCD 7V

5
6

D3201
LPF

LCD 8.5V

D3202
CCD 15V

01

Jan. 2005

CANON INC. 2005

LCD PCB SECTION

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E

DATA COMMUNICATION

LCD PCB
VTR UNREG
VTR UNREG
5

T4201

Q4201
SWITCH
ON
1

CONTROL

3
3

IC4201
R1223N152H
DC/DC
CONVERTER
CONTROL

2
1
3

VTR UNREG
6

5
4

LCD 2.7V

Q4202
DRIVER
4

2
WP4201

Q4203
Q902

BACK LIGHT

Q901
WP4202

VTR UNREG

LCD 2.7V
CN901

TO
SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION
R-KEY2 PCB
CN100

01

4
VTR UNREG
5
VTR UNREG
15
LCD 2.7V
16
LCD 2.7V
24
LCD 3V ON
6
BL ON
7
BL CTRL
12 POL (A FRP)
21
LCD R
20
LCD G
19
LCD B
22
VCOMAC
23 DAC LCD COM
13
VIC VD
14
VIC HD
10
LCD CS
9 LCD EEP SOUT
8 LCD EEP SCK
11
DE

Jan. 2005

Q4204

LCS
SO
CLK

CN902
PVDD
VCC
DFRP
LCD R(VA)
LCD G(VB)
LCD B(VC)
APOL
VCOMR
VSYNC
HSYNC
SCB
SDA
SCL
VGOF FH
VGOF FL
VGL
VGH
VCAC
C31
C31+
V3
C8
C8+
C12
C12+
C1
C1+
VCI OUT
ADJ1
ADJ0
FB

5
22
18
9
10
11
34
40
16
17
14
13
12
39
38
37
36
35
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
21
4
3
2

LCD UNIT
LCD

CANON INC. 2005

JACK PCB SECTION


ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL

MV850i E,MV830i E,MV830 E,MV800i E,MV800 E,MV790 E

ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL

USB SIGNAL

JACK PCB
CN5
VBUS (+5V)
D
D+

TO
AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1
MAIN PCB
CN2101

CN1
10
8
7
4
2
26
30
28
27
3
13
14
16
17
24
20
22
23

VBUS
D
D+
CAM LED
RMC IN
AV R
V I/O/HP R
AV DET
AV L/HP L
P5V
XTPB
TPB
XTPA
TPA
EJECT SW
Y GY OUT
P GY OUT
AVDD2.7V

P5V

CN2
P5V
CAM LED
RMC IN

1
2
3

4
5
3

USB JACK

TO
FRONT ASS'Y

ZR300 A
ZR200 A
MV850i E
MV830i E
MV830E
ONLY

P5V

AV JACK
CN3

CN4
XTPB
TPB
XTPA
TPA

AVDD2.7V

1
2
3
4

DV JACK

SW1

CN1
16
20
18
17
3
4
6
7
14
10
12
13

01

AV R
V I/O/HP R
AV DET
AV L/HP L
XTPB
TPB
XTPA
TPA
EJECT SW
Y GY OUT
P GY OUT
AVDD2.7V

Jan. 2005

IC1602
ENC-03MB VCC
Y SENSOR GYRO

AVDD2.7V

IC1601
ENC-03MA VCC
P SENSOR GYRO

AVDD2.7V

OUT

OUT

ZR100 A
MV800i E
MV800 E
MV790E
DM-FV500
ONLY

CANON INC. 2005

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen